more stuff

This commit is contained in:
Dimitar Gamishev 2017-10-13 14:08:52 +03:00
parent 17f94ebf3a
commit d867a2260d
64 changed files with 18598 additions and 0 deletions

@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
*/
#include "BootloaderHID.h"
/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
* via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
* started via a forced watchdog reset.
*/
static bool RunBootloader = true;
/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
* will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
* low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
* \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
*/
uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
uint16_t boottime;
/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
* start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
* this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
*/
void Application_Jump_Check(void)
{
/* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY) && (ApplicationValid))
{
MagicBootKey = 0;
// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
}
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
* runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
SetupHardware();
boottime = BOOTLOADER_TIMEOUT;
/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
GlobalInterruptEnable();
while (RunBootloader)
USB_USBTask();
/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
USB_Detach();
/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
for (;;);
}
/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
static void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
// set timer0 counter initial value to 0
TCNT0=0x00;
// start timer0 with /1024 prescaler
TCCR0B = (1<<CS02) | (1<<CS00);
TIMSK0=1<<TOIE0;
/* Initialize USB subsystem */
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
* to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
* the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
* internally.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
(REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
return;
}
/* Process HID specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case HID_REQ_SetReport:
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
/* Read in the write destination address */
#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
#else
uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
#endif
/* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
#else
if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
#endif
{
RunBootloader = false;
}
else
{
boottime = BOOTLOADER_TIMEOUT;
/* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
boot_spm_busy_wait();
/* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
{
/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
}
/* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
}
/* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
boot_page_write(PageAddress);
boot_spm_busy_wait();
/* Re-enable RWW section */
boot_rww_enable();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
break;
}
}
// timer0 overflow 60hz
ISR(TIMER0_OVF_vect) {
if (boottime!=0)
boottime--;
else
RunBootloader = false;
}

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
*/
#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/boot.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
#define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION 0xFFFF
/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
#define BOOTLOADER_TIMEOUT 20
// abt 10 sec
/* Function Prototypes: */
static void SetupHardware(void);
void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
:1070000055C0000086C0000084C0000082C000009F
:1070100080C000007EC000007CC000007AC000007C
:1070200078C0000076C0000044C2000072C00000BA
:1070300070C000006EC000006CC000006AC000009C
:1070400068C0000066C0000064C0000062C00000AC
:1070500060C000005EC000005CC0000007C100000E
:1070600058C0000056C0000054C0000052C00000CC
:1070700050C000004EC000004CC000004AC00000DC
:1070800048C0000046C0000044C0000042C00000EC
:1070900040C000003EC000003CC000003AC00000FC
:1070A00038C0000036C0000034C0000011241FBEEC
:1070B000CFEFDAE0DEBFCDBF20E030E0F90145914F
:1070C000549104B603FE10C080915601909157016F
:1070D00082349C4D49F44F3F5F4F31F0109257017D
:1070E00010925601F901099511E0A0E0B1E0E6E542
:1070F000F8E702C005900D92AA34B107D9F721E054
:10710000AAE4B1E001C01D92A635B207E1F702D0B2
:10711000A0C376CF84B7877F84BF0FB6F894A895B5
:1071200080916000886180936000109260000FBEC3
:1071300081E085BF92E095BF16BC95E095BD809338
:107140006E009AD184E690E090934B0180934A01BF
:10715000789480910001882311F062D3FACF809156
:10716000E00081608093E00082E49CED9093570101
:10717000809356019CE088E10FB6F894A89580931F
:1071800060000FBE90936000FFCF42E361EC81E0AE
:1071900007C180914E018F77813209F066C08091DE
:1071A0004F01893009F061C08091E800877F8093AA
:1071B000E8008091E80082FFFCCF3091F10020913F
:1071C000F100832F922F8F3F2FEF920719F4109227
:1071D000000145C024E630E030934B0120934A0182
:1071E00023E0FC0120935700E89507B600FCFDCF93
:1071F00040E050E061E07091F3002091F20030E057
:10720000372B232BD9F0E091F1007091F1002E2F54
:10721000372FFA01EE0FFF1FE80FF91F09016093E6
:107220005700E89511244F5F5F4F4034510519F71F
:1072300025E0FC0120935700E8950AC02091E80062
:107240002B772093E8002091E80022FFFCCFDBCFD2
:1072500007B600FCFDCF81E180935700E89580914F
:10726000E8008B778093E800AFC008951F920F92DB
:107270000FB60F9211248F939F9380914A019091A2
:107280004B01009731F0019790934B0180934A0195
:1072900002C0109200019F918F910F900FBE0F902E
:1072A0001F901895913049F0923061F0913279F049
:1072B00085E190E025E331E00EC082E190E023E239
:1072C00031E009C082E290E021E031E004C089E0D1
:1072D00090E023E131E0FA01318320830895209189
:1072E0005401309155012617370748F06115710593
:1072F00039F42091E8002E772093E80001C0B9010D
:1073000040E061157105A1F12EB3222309F442C0BA
:10731000253009F441C02091E80023FD3FC02091B1
:10732000E80022FD31C02091E80020FFEACF409123
:10733000F3002091F20030E0342BFC01CF01611505
:10734000710559F02830310540F481918093F100A6
:10735000615071092F5F3F4FF1CF41E02830310577
:1073600009F040E02091E8002E772093E800C9CF93
:107370004111CACF09C08EB3882361F0853061F016
:107380008091E80083FD0AC08091E80082FFF3CF7E
:1073900080E0089582E0089583E0089581E00895F3
:1073A0008F708093E900EBEEF0E080818160808354
:1073B000EDEEF0E010826093EC0040838091EE00EF
:1073C000881F8827881F089580914E0187FF0FC06E
:1073D0008091E80082FD04C08EB38111F9CF10C006
:1073E0008091E8008B770AC08EB3882349F08091A2
:1073F000E80080FFF9CF8091E8008E778093E80065
:1074000008950F931F93CF93DF9346D04DD0C8EDCF
:10741000D0E088818F77888388818068888388819D
:107420008F7D888319BC1EBA10924C0100EE10E0CB
:10743000F80180818B7F808388818160888342E02E
:1074400060E080E0ADDFE1EEF0E080818E7F808360
:10745000E2EEF0E0808181608083808188608083BB
:10746000F80180818E7F8083888180618883DF91AD
:10747000CF911F910F910895E8EDF0E080818F7E0C
:107480008083E7EDF0E080818160808384E082BFCB
:1074900081E080934D01B5CFE8EDF0E080818E7FF3
:1074A00080831092E20008951092DA001092E100B9
:1074B00008951F920F920FB60F9211242F933F93AE
:1074C0004F935F936F937F938F939F93AF93BF93EC
:1074D000EF93FF938091DA0080FF1BC08091D8006A
:1074E00080FF17C08091DA008E7F8093DA00809150
:1074F000D90080FF0BC080E189BD82E189BD09B45C
:1075000000FEFDCF81E08EBB8AD103C019BC1EBA3C
:1075100086D18091E10080FF17C08091E20080FF5A
:1075200013C08091E2008E7F8093E2008091E200A0
:1075300080618093E2008091D80080628093D800BF
:1075400019BC85E08EBB6BD18091E10084FF2EC019
:107550008091E20084FF2AC080E189BD82E189BD7B
:1075600009B400FEFDCF8091D8008F7D8093D800B4
:107570008091E1008F7E8093E1008091E2008F7E18
:107580008093E2008091E20081608093E20080912C
:107590004C01882311F084E007C08091E30087FD4F
:1075A00002C081E001C083E08EBB39D18091E1004F
:1075B00083FF21C08091E20083FF1DC08091E10024
:1075C000877F8093E10082E08EBB10924C01809116
:1075D000E1008E7F8093E1008091E2008E7F8093B6
:1075E000E2008091E20080618093E20042E060E08E
:1075F00080E0D6DE14D1FF91EF91BF91AF919F91C2
:107600008F917F916F915F914F913F912F910F904B
:107610000FBE0F901F9018951F93CF93DF9300D04C
:10762000CDB7DEB7EEE4F1E088E08E0F9091F10087
:1076300091938E13FBCFADDD8091E80083FFDBC01B
:1076400080914E0190914F01953009F466C030F45D
:10765000913059F168F0933041F1CDC0983009F480
:107660009DC0993009F4ACC0963009F0C4C076C012
:10767000803881F0823809F0BEC0809152018F704D
:107680008093E9008091EB0085FB882780F91092B8
:10769000E90001C080E09091E800977F9093E800B6
:1076A0008093F1001092F10084C0282F2D7F09F003
:1076B000A2C0823009F09FC080915001811127C083
:1076C000809152018F7009F496C08093E900209157
:1076D000EB0020FF1CC0933021F48091EB0080620E
:1076E00014C09091EB0090619093EB0021E030E0AA
:1076F000A90102C0440F551F8A95E2F74093EA00A2
:107700001092EA008091EB0088608093EB00109269
:10771000E9008091E800877F4FC081116CC0109113
:1077200050011F778091E3008078812B8093E300E4
:107730008091E800877F8093E80046DE8091E80032
:1077400080FFFCCF8091E30080688093E3001111FB
:1077500002C082E001C083E08EBB4DC08058823001
:1077600008F049C0AE014F5F5F4F609152018091B8
:1077700050019091510196DDBC01892B09F43BC069
:107780009091E800977F9093E80089819A81A7DD26
:107790008091E8008B778093E8002DC0803859F500
:1077A0008091E800877F8093E80080914C0180936E
:1077B000F1008091E8008E778093E80005DE1BC021
:1077C000811119C0909150019230A8F48091E80085
:1077D000877F8093E80090934C01F6DD80914C0107
:1077E000811106C08091E30087FD02C081E001C0E5
:1077F00084E08EBBCADC8091E80083FF0AC08091E0
:10780000E800877F8093E8008091EB00806280939E
:10781000EB000F900F90DF91CF911F910895089585
:10782000CF938EB3882399F0C091E900CF709091E7
:10783000EC00892F817090FD80E8C82B1092E90040
:107840008091E80083FDE8DECF70C093E900CF911E
:067850000895F894FFCF3B
:10785600010902220001010080320904000001032F
:10786600000000092111010001221500070581030E
:107876004000051201100100000008BA153B000186
:10788600000000000106DCFF09FBA101090215004A
:0A78960025FF75089682009102C0DC
:040000030000700089
:00000001FF

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
U CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem
00000000 W __heap_end
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000000 a __tmp_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
00000001 a __zero_reg__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003d a __SP_L__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003e a __SP_H__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
0000003f a __SREG__
00000400 A __FUSE_REGION_LENGTH__
00000400 A __LOCK_REGION_LENGTH__
00000400 A __SIGNATURE_REGION_LENGTH__
00000400 A __USER_SIGNATURE_REGION_LENGTH__
00000aff W __stack
00007000 W __vector_default
00007000 T __vectors
000070ac T __ctors_end
000070ac T __ctors_start
000070ac T __dtors_end
000070ac T __dtors_start
000070ac W __init
000070ac T __trampolines_end
000070ac T __trampolines_start
000070b8 T Application_Jump_Check
000070e8 T __do_copy_data
000070fe T __do_clear_bss
00007106 t .do_clear_bss_loop
00007108 t .do_clear_bss_start
00007112 T __bad_interrupt
00007112 W __vector_1
00007112 W __vector_11
00007112 W __vector_12
00007112 W __vector_13
00007112 W __vector_14
00007112 W __vector_15
00007112 W __vector_16
00007112 W __vector_17
00007112 W __vector_18
00007112 W __vector_19
00007112 W __vector_2
00007112 W __vector_20
00007112 W __vector_21
00007112 W __vector_22
00007112 W __vector_24
00007112 W __vector_25
00007112 W __vector_26
00007112 W __vector_27
00007112 W __vector_28
00007112 W __vector_29
00007112 W __vector_3
00007112 W __vector_30
00007112 W __vector_31
00007112 W __vector_32
00007112 W __vector_33
00007112 W __vector_34
00007112 W __vector_35
00007112 W __vector_36
00007112 W __vector_37
00007112 W __vector_38
00007112 W __vector_39
00007112 W __vector_4
00007112 W __vector_40
00007112 W __vector_41
00007112 W __vector_42
00007112 W __vector_5
00007112 W __vector_6
00007112 W __vector_7
00007112 W __vector_8
00007112 W __vector_9
00007114 T main
0000718a T EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged
00007192 T EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest
0000726c T __vector_23
000072a4 T CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
000072de T Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
000073a0 T Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv
000073c8 T Endpoint_ClearStatusStage
00007402 T USB_ResetInterface
00007478 T USB_Init
00007498 T USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts
000074a8 T USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts
000074b2 T __vector_10
00007618 T USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_Connect
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_Reset
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend
0000781e W EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp
0000781e T USB_Event_Stub
00007820 T USB_USBTask
00007852 W exit
00007852 T _exit
00007854 t __stop_program
00007856 A __data_load_start
00007856 T _etext
000078a0 A __data_load_end
0000ffa0 A __DATA_REGION_LENGTH__
00010000 A __EEPROM_REGION_LENGTH__
00020000 A __TEXT_REGION_LENGTH__
00800100 D __data_start
00800100 d RunBootloader
00800101 D ConfigurationDescriptor
00800123 D DeviceDescriptor
00800135 D HIDReport
0080014a B boottime
0080014a B __bss_start
0080014a D __data_end
0080014a D _edata
0080014c B USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber
0080014d B USB_IsInitialized
0080014e B USB_ControlRequest
00800156 B __bss_end
00800156 B MagicBootKey
00800158 B _end
00810000 N __eeprom_end

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
* \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
* \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
* \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
* Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
* the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
* from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
* HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
*
* Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
* into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
* all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
* FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
*
* \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
* lockbits are set.
*
* \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
*
* This bootloader is designed to be started via the \c HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the \c HWB pin (see device
* datasheet) then momentarily ground \c /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is set and the
* \c BOOTRST fuse is cleared.
*
* \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
*
* This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
* need to be supplied for correct operation.
*
* \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
*
* Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
* by PJRC, but is <b>not compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI</b>. A modified version of the open source
* cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
* command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
* this custom bootloader.
*
* Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
* \code
* hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
* \endcode
*
* \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
*
* \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
* Some USB AVR boards ship with the \c BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
* to run automatically when the device is reset. This booloader requires the
* \c BOOTRST be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
* when needed.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
{
HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x15ba, //Vendor: Olimex Ltd
.ProductID = 0x003b,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
.SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
.Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_VendorHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
/* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
{
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
}
else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
{
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
}
else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
{
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
}
else
{
Address = &HIDReport;
Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// Generic HID Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_VendorHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
};
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
#define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
/** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define HID_IN_EPSIZE 64
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

@ -0,0 +1 @@
hid_bootloader_cli

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
OS ?= LINUX
#OS ?= WINDOWS
#OS ?= MACOSX
#OS ?= BSD
ifeq ($(OS), LINUX) # also works on FreeBSD
CC ?= gcc
CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
LDLIB = -lsetupapi -lhid
hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LDLIB)
else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
CC ?= gcc
SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
else ifeq ($(OS), BSD) # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
CC ?= gcct
CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
endif
clean:
rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
OS ?= FreeBSD
#OS ?= NetBSD
#OS ?= OpenBSD
CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
CC ?= gcc
.if $(OS) == "FreeBSD"
CFLAGS += -DUSE_LIBUSB
LIBS = -lusb
.elif $(OS) == "NetBSD" || $(OS) == "OpenBSD"
CFLAGS += -DUSE_UHID
LIBS =
.endif
hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LIBS)
clean:
rm -f hid_bootloader_cli

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

@ -0,0 +1,1027 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
* http://www.lufa-lib.org
*
* THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
*/
/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
* Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
* http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
* Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
*
*
* You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
* of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
* Foundation, version 3 of the License.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
*/
/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
* Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask. Usually it's not a problem,
* but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
* those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3 */
/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
* http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
void usage(void)
{
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
exit(1);
}
// USB Access Functions
int teensy_open(void);
int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
void teensy_close(void);
int hard_reboot(void);
// Intel Hex File Functions
int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
// Misc stuff
int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
void delay(double seconds);
void die(const char *str, ...);
void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
// options (from user via command line args)
int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
int hard_reboot_device = 0;
int reboot_after_programming = 1;
int verbose = 0;
int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
const char *filename=NULL;
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Main Program */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
unsigned char buf[260];
int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
// parse command line arguments
parse_options(argc, argv);
if (!filename) {
fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
usage();
}
if (!code_size) {
fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
usage();
}
printf_verbose("Teres Loader, Command Line, Version 0.9\n");
// read the intel hex file
// this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
num = read_intel_hex(filename);
if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
// open the USB device
while (1) {
if (teensy_open()) break;
if (hard_reboot_device) {
if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
}
if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
if (!waited) {
printf_verbose("Waiting for bootloader...\n");
printf_verbose(" (hint: press the Fn+Tux+ESC buttons)\n");
waited = 1;
}
delay(0.25);
}
printf_verbose("Found TERES Bootloader\n");
// if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
// perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
if (waited) {
num = read_intel_hex(filename);
if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
}
// program the data
printf_verbose("Programming");
fflush(stdout);
for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
// don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
// but always do the first one to erase the chip
continue;
}
printf_verbose(".");
if (code_size < 0x10000) {
buf[0] = addr & 255;
buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
} else {
buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
}
ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
if (!r) die("error writing to TERES\n");
first_block = 0;
}
printf_verbose("\n");
// reboot to the user's new code
if (reboot_after_programming) {
printf_verbose("Booting\n");
buf[0] = 0xFF;
buf[1] = 0xFF;
memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
}
teensy_close();
return 0;
}
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD) */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
#include <usb.h>
usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
{
struct usb_bus *bus;
struct usb_device *dev;
usb_dev_handle *h;
#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
char buf[128];
#endif
int r;
usb_init();
usb_find_busses();
usb_find_devices();
//printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
//printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
// bus->dirname, dev->filename,
// dev->descriptor.idVendor,
// dev->descriptor.idProduct
//);
if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
h = usb_open(dev);
if (!h) {
printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
continue;
}
#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
if (r >= 0) {
r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
if (r < 0) {
usb_close(h);
printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
continue;
}
}
#endif
// Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
// this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
// normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
if (r < 0) {
usb_close(h);
printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
continue;
}
return h;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
int teensy_open(void)
{
teensy_close();
libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
return 1;
}
int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
{
int r;
if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
if (r < 0) return 0;
return 1;
}
void teensy_close(void)
{
if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
}
int hard_reboot(void)
{
usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
int r;
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003c);
if (!rebootor)
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!rebootor) return 0;
r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
usb_close(rebootor);
if (r < 0) return 0;
return 1;
}
#endif
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* USB Access - Microsoft WIN32 */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
#if defined(USE_WIN32)
// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
#include <windows.h>
#include <setupapi.h>
#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
{
GUID guid;
HDEVINFO info;
DWORD index, required_size;
SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
HANDLE h;
BOOL ret;
HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
if (!ret) {
SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
break;
}
SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
if (details == NULL) continue;
memset(details, 0, required_size);
details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
required_size, NULL, NULL);
if (!ret) {
free(details);
continue;
}
h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
free(details);
if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
if (!ret) {
CloseHandle(h);
continue;
}
if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
CloseHandle(h);
continue;
}
SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
return h;
}
return NULL;
}
int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
{
static HANDLE event = NULL;
unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
OVERLAPPED ov;
DWORD n, r;
if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
if (event == NULL) {
event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
if (!event) return 0;
}
ResetEvent(&event);
memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
ov.hEvent = event;
tmpbuf[0] = 0;
memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
CancelIo(h);
return 0;
}
if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
}
if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
return 1;
}
static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
int teensy_open(void)
{
teensy_close();
win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003c);
if (!win32_teensy_handle)
win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
return 1;
}
int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
{
int r;
if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
return r;
}
void teensy_close(void)
{
if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
}
int hard_reboot(void)
{
HANDLE rebootor;
int r;
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003c);
if (!rebootor)
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!rebootor) return 0;
r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
CloseHandle(rebootor);
return r;
}
#endif
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
struct usb_list_struct {
IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
int pid;
int vid;
struct usb_list_struct *next;
};
static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
{
CFTypeRef type;
struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
int32_t pid, vid;
if (!dev) return;
type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
if (!n) return;
//printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
n->ref = dev;
n->vid = vid;
n->pid = pid;
n->next = NULL;
if (usb_list == NULL) {
usb_list = n;
} else {
for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
p->next = n;
}
}
void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
{
struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
p = usb_list;
while (p) {
if (p->ref == dev) {
if (prev) {
prev->next = p->next;
} else {
usb_list = p->next;
}
tmp = p;
p = p->next;
free(tmp);
} else {
prev = p;
p = p->next;
}
}
}
void init_hid_manager(void)
{
CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
IOReturn ret;
if (hid_manager) return;
hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
return;
}
dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
&kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
if (!dict) return;
IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
CFRelease(dict);
IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
CFRelease(hid_manager);
printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
}
}
static void do_run_loop(void)
{
while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
}
IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
{
struct usb_list_struct *p;
IOReturn ret;
init_hid_manager();
do_run_loop();
for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
}
}
return NULL;
}
void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
{
struct usb_list_struct *p;
do_run_loop();
for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
if (p->ref == dev) {
IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
return;
}
}
}
static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
int teensy_open(void)
{
teensy_close();
iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003c);
if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
return 1;
}
int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
{
IOReturn ret;
// timeouts do not work on OS-X
// IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
// even though Apple documents it with a code example!
// submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
return 0;
}
void teensy_close(void)
{
if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
}
int hard_reboot(void)
{
IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
IOReturn ret;
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!rebootor)
rebootor = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (!rebootor) return 0;
ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
close_usb_device(rebootor);
if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
return 0;
}
#endif
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* USB Access - BSD's UHID driver */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
#if defined(USE_UHID)
// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
#endif
#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
#endif
int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
{
int r, fd;
DIR *dir;
struct dirent *d;
struct usb_device_info info;
char buf[256];
dir = opendir("/dev");
if (!dir) return -1;
while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
if (fd < 0) continue;
r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
if (r < 0) {
// NetBSD: added in 2004
// OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
// FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
" USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
close(fd);
closedir(dir);
exit(1);
}
//printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
closedir(dir);
return fd;
}
close(fd);
}
closedir(dir);
return -1;
}
static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
int teensy_open(void)
{
teensy_close();
uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
return 1;
}
int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
{
int r;
// TODO: implement timeout... how??
r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
if (r == len) return 1;
return 0;
}
void teensy_close(void)
{
if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
close(uhid_teensy_fd);
uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
}
}
int hard_reboot(void)
{
int r, rebootor_fd;
rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (rebootor_fd < 0)
rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x15ba, 0x003b);
if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
delay(0.1);
close(rebootor_fd);
if (r == 6) return 1;
return 0;
}
#endif
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Read Intel Hex File */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
// the maximum flash image size we can support
// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
static int end_record_seen=0;
static int byte_count;
static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
{
FILE *fp;
int i, lineno=0;
char buf[1024];
byte_count = 0;
end_record_seen = 0;
for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
firmware_mask[i] = 0;
}
extended_addr = 0;
fp = fopen(filename, "r");
if (fp == NULL) {
//printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
return -1;
}
while (!feof(fp)) {
*buf = '\0';
if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
lineno++;
if (*buf) {
if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
//printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
fclose(fp);
return -2;
}
}
if (end_record_seen) break;
if (feof(stdin)) break;
}
fclose(fp);
return byte_count;
}
/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred. The variable */
/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
int
parse_hex_line(char *line)
{
int addr, code, num;
int sum, len, cksum, i;
char *ptr;
num = 0;
if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
ptr = line+1;
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
ptr += 2;
if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
ptr += 4;
/* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
ptr += 2;
sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
if (code != 0) {
if (code == 1) {
end_record_seen = 1;
return 1;
}
if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
ptr += 4;
sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
extended_addr = i << 4;
//printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
}
if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
ptr += 4;
sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
extended_addr = i << 16;
//printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
}
return 1; // non-data line
}
byte_count += len;
while (num != len) {
if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
i &= 255;
firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
ptr += 2;
sum += i;
(num)++;
if (num >= 256) return 0;
}
if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
return 1;
}
int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
{
int i;
if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
return 0;
}
for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
}
return 0;
}
void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
{
int i;
if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
bytes[i] = 255;
}
return;
}
for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
} else {
bytes[i] = 255;
}
addr++;
}
}
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Misc Functions */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int r;
va_start(ap, format);
if (verbose) {
r = vprintf(format, ap);
fflush(stdout);
return r;
}
return 0;
}
void delay(double seconds)
{
#ifdef USE_WIN32
sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
#else
usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
#endif
}
void die(const char *str, ...)
{
va_list ap;
va_start(ap, str);
vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
exit(1);
}
#if defined USE_WIN32
#define strcasecmp stricmp
#endif
void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
{
int i;
const char *arg;
wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
verbose = 1;
code_size = 32 * 1024;
block_size = 128;
hard_reboot_device = 1;
for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
arg = argv[i];
if (*arg == '-') {
if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
} else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
hard_reboot_device = 1;
} else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
reboot_after_programming = 0;
} else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
verbose = 1;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
arg += 6;
if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
arg += 7;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
arg += 6;
} else {
die("Unknown MCU type\n");
}
if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
code_size = 128 * 1024;
block_size = 256;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
code_size = 64 * 1024;
block_size = 256;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
code_size = 32 * 1024;
block_size = 128;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
code_size = 16 * 1024;
block_size = 128;
} else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
code_size = 8 * 1024;
block_size = 128;
} else {
die("Unknown MCU type\n");
}
}
} else {
filename = argv[i];
}
}
}

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="HID Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_128kb_4kb_">
<require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
<build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
</project>
<project caption="HID Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_64kb_4kb_">
<require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb647"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
<build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
</project>
<project caption="HID Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_32kb_4kb_">
<require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
<build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
</project>
<project caption="HID Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.16_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_16kb_2kb_">
<require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3800"/>
<build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3800"/>
</project>
<project caption="HID Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.8_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_8kb_2kb_">
<require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1800"/>
<build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1800"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid" caption="HID Bootloader">
<info type="description" value="summary">
HID Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via a custom cross-platform command line utility when plugged into a host.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="include-path" value="."/>
<build type="c-source" value="BootloaderHID.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="BootloaderHID.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderHID.txt"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp_Python"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

@ -0,0 +1,2398 @@
# Doxyfile 1.8.9
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
#
# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
# front of the TAG it is preceding.
#
# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists, items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
# for the list of possible encodings.
# The default value is: UTF-8.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
# The default value is: My Project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
# control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER =
# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
PROJECT_BRIEF =
# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
# the logo to the output directory.
PROJECT_LOGO =
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
# left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
# performance problems for the file system.
# The default value is: NO.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
# U+3044.
# The default value is: NO.
ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
# The default value is: English.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
# The default value is: YES.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
# description of a member or function before the detailed description
#
# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
# The default value is: YES.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
# The default value is: NO.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
# The default value is: YES.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
# strip.
#
# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
# using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
# The default value is: NO.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
# description.)
# The default value is: NO.
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
# The default value is: NO.
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
#
# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
# not recognized any more.
# The default value is: NO.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
# The default value is: YES.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
# The default value is: NO.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
# the documentation. An alias has the form:
# name=value
# For example adding
# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
# newlines.
ALIASES =
# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
TCL_SUBST =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
# members will be omitted, etc.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
#
# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
#
# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
# the files are not read by doxygen.
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
# case of backward compatibilities issues.
# The default value is: YES.
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
# The default value is: NO.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
# The default value is: NO.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
# The default value is: NO.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
# should set this option to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
# The default value is: NO.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
# \nosubgrouping command.
# The default value is: YES.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
# and RTF).
#
# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
# The default value is: NO.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
# be included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
# scope will be included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
# included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
# for Java sources.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
# included.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
# are hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
# included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
# The default value is: system dependent.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
# scope will be hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
# which file to include in order to use the member.
# The default value is: NO.
SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
# The default value is: NO.
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
# documentation for inline members.
# The default value is: YES.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
# The default value is: YES.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
# member documentation.
# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
# detailed member documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
# appear in their defined order.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
# list.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
# The default value is: NO.
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
# the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
# ... \endcond blocks.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
# documentation regardless of this setting.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
# (if specified).
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified).
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
# version. For an example see the documentation.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
# will be used as the name of the layout file.
#
# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
# tag is left empty.
LAYOUT_FILE =
# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
CITE_BIB_FILES =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
# messages are off.
# The default value is: NO.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
# this implies that the warnings are on.
#
# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
WARNINGS = YES
# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
# will automatically be disabled.
# The default value is: YES.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
# markup commands wrongly.
# The default value is: YES.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
# error (stderr).
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
# spaces.
# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
# possible encodings.
# The default value is: UTF-8.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
# be searched for input files as well.
# The default value is: NO.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
#
# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
# run.
EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
HostLoaderApp/ \
HostLoaderApp_Python/
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
# from the input.
# The default value is: NO.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories.
#
# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
#
# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
INCLUDE_FROM_*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
# command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
# files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# The default value is: NO.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
# \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command:
#
# <filter> <input-file>
#
# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
# will be ignored.
#
# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
# The default value is: NO.
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
#
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
# The default value is: NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
# The default value is: YES.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
# The default value is: NO.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
# The default value is: NO.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
# link to the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
# can opt to disable this feature.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
# 4.8.6 or higher.
#
# To use it do the following:
# - Install the latest version of global
# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
# - Run doxygen as normal
#
# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
#
# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
# source code will now point to the output of htags.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
# See also: Section \class.
# The default value is: YES.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
# information.
# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
# The default value is: NO.
CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
CLANG_OPTIONS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
# The default value is: YES.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
# while generating the index headers.
# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: html.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
# The default value is: .html.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
#
# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
# default header using
# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
# YourConfigFile
# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
# uses.
# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
# that doxygen normally uses.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
# obsolete.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
# list). For an example see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
# purple, and 360 is red again.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
# change the gamma.
# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
# tree by default.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
# for more information.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
# The default value is: Publisher.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
# Windows.
#
# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
# compressed HTML files.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
CHM_FILE =
# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
# The file has to be specified with full path.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
HHC_LOCATION =
# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
# and project file content.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
# the HTML output folder.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
# folders).
# The default value is: doc.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
# filters).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
# filters).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
# generated .qhp file.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHG_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
DISABLE_INDEX = YES
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
#
# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
# in the overview section.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
#
# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
USE_MATHJAX = NO
# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
# example see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
# option.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
SEARCHENGINE = NO
# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
# search results.
#
# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
#
# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
#
# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
# Searching" for details.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SEARCHENGINE_URL =
# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: latex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked.
#
# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
# written to the output directory.
# The default file is: latex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
# index for LaTeX.
# The default file is: makeindex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
# trees in general.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
# printer.
# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
# The default value is: a4.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
# instance you can specify
# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
# default header to a separate file.
#
# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
# to HTML_HEADER.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_HEADER =
# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
# special commands can be used inside the footer.
#
# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_FOOTER =
# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
# list).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
# markers available.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
# when generating formulas in HTML.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
#
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
# SOURCE_BROWSER.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
# The default value is: plain.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
# readers/editors.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: rtf.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
# trees in general.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
# fields.
#
# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
# missing definitions are set to their default value.
#
# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
#
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
# SOURCE_BROWSER.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
# classes and files.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
# MAN_OUTPUT.
# The default directory is: man.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
# optional.
# The default value is: .3.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_SUBDIR =
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: xml.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
# of the XML output.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
# that can be used to generate PDF.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
# front of it.
# The default directory is: docbook.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
#
# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
# output from the Perl module output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
# just the same.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
# overwrite each other's variables.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
# The default value is: YES.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
# preprocessor.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
# used.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
PROGMEM \
ATTR_NO_INIT
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
# definition found in the source code.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
# removed.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
# a tag file without this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
# of tag files.
# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
# listed.
# The default value is: NO.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
# listed.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
# be listed.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
DIA_PATH =
# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
# The default value is: YES.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
# set to NO
# The default value is: NO.
HAVE_DOT = NO
# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
# speed.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
# The default value is: Helvetica.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTNAME =
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
# dot graphs.
# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
# class with other documented classes.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
# 10.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
# instances.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
# files.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
# files.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
#
# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
# functions only using the \callgraph command.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
#
# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
# functions only using the \callergraph command.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
# files in the directories.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot.
# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
# requirement).
# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
# The default value is: png.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
#
# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_PATH =
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
# command).
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
# command).
MSCFILE_DIRS =
# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
# command).
DIAFILE_DIRS =
# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
# will not generate output for the diagram.
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
# to support this out of the box.
#
# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
# read).
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
# this, this feature is disabled by default.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
# graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = atmega32u4
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = OLIMEX32U4
F_CPU = 16000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = BootloaderHID
SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
LUFA_PATH = ../lufa-LUFA-151115/LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
# device's fuses.
FLASH_SIZE_KB := 32
BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 4
# Bootloader address calculation formulas
# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA build script makefiles
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
#install:
#avrdude -V -pm32u4 -cstk500v2 -P/dev/ttyACM0 -Uflash:w:../BootLoaderHID/BootloaderHID.hex:a -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xC7:m -U lock:w:0xCF:m

@ -0,0 +1 @@
# TERES-KBD-RELEASE

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*
* This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
/* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
* Min X/Y Axis values: -1
* Max X/Y Axis values: 1
* Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
* Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
* Buttons: 3
* Absolute screen coordinates: false
*/
HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-100, 100, -100,100, 3, false)
};
/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
* Max simultaneous keys: 6
*/
HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x15ba, //Vendor: Olimex Ltd.
.ProductID = 0x003c,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0, 0, 1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
.SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
.Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID1_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.HID2_MouseInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
.SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
.Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID2_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Olimex Ltd.");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(
L"TERES Keyboard+Touchpad");
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case HID_DTYPE_HID:
switch (wIndex)
{
case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
}
break;
case HID_DTYPE_Report:
switch (wIndex)
{
case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
Address = &KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
Address = &MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// Keyboard HID Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
// Mouse HID Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum StringDescriptors_t
{
STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
};
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 5)
/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoints. */
#define HID_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button;
int8_t X;
int8_t Y;
int8_t Wheel;
} ATTR_PACKED USB_WheelMouseReport_Data_t;
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,963 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
* will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
* low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
* \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
*/
uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_WheelMouseReport_Data_t)];
int limited(int value)
{
if (value < 0)
{
if (abs(value) > speedlimit)
return -speedlimit;
}
else
{
if (value > speedlimit)
return speedlimit;
}
return value;
}
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
.ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Address = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
.Size = HID_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
.ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Address = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
.Size = HID_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
{
// If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
USB_Disable();
// Disable all interrupts
cli();
// Wait one seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
Delay_MS(1000);
// Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
for (;;);
}
void tp_guarder(void)
{
tp_guard=true;
tpguard=TP_LOCK;
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
DDRE=0x00;
PORTE=0xff;
PORTB=0xfd;
DDRB=0xff;
HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
if ((PINE & (1<<2)) == 0)
{
DDRB=0xff;
PORTB=0xfe;
Delay_MS(10);
if ((PINC & (1<<7)) == 0)
{
PORTB=0xbf;
Delay_MS(10);
if ((PIND & (1<<4)) == 0)
Jump_To_Bootloader();
}
}
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware()
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
//Keyboard init
DDRB = 0xff;
PORTB = 0xff;
DDRD = 0;
PORTD = 0xfc;
DDRC = 0;
PORTC = 0xc0;
DDRE = 0;
PORTE = 0x44;
DDRF = 0;
PORTF = 0xf2;
TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4 , TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4 , 100000));
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
ADCSRA |= 1 << ADIE;
MCUCR = 0;
EIMSK |= 1 << INT2;
ADC_SetupChannel(0);
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL0);
// set timer0 counter initial value to 0
TCNT0=0x00;
// start timer0 with /1024 prescaler
TCCR0B = (1<<CS02) | (1<<CS00);
TIMSK0=1<<TOIE0;
USB_Init();
button = 0xff;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
bool ConfigSuccess = true;
ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
*
* \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType,
void* ReportData,
uint16_t* const ReportSize)
{
/* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t x=0;
uint8_t fn = 0;
keyc = 0; //reset keys
KeyboardReport->Modifier = 0;
for (x=0;x<6;x++)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[x]=0;
if (itsDone)
{
//
itsDone = false;
#if 0
switch (tpdata[2])
{
case 0:
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS;
break;
case 1:
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION;
break;
case 2:
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT;
break;
default:
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
break;
}
keyc = 1;
#endif
}
DDRE=0;
DDRF=0;
DDRC=0;
DDRD = 0;
PORTD = 0xfc;
PORTE=0xFF;
PORTF=0xFF;
PORTC=0xFF;
DDRB = 0xff;
for (colmn = 0; colmn<8; colmn++)
{
uint8_t keynow=0;
if (colmn == 0)
{
cli();
DDRB=0x00;
PORTB=0x00;
DDRD = (1<<4);
PORTD = (1<<4);
Delay_MS(2);
if (PINB & 0x40)
{
fn = 112;
//tp_guarder();
if (PINB & 0x01)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x02)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x20)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x80)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
else
{
if (PINB & 0x01)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
//tp_guarder();
}
if (PINB & 0x02)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x20)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
//tp_guarder();
}
if (PINB & 0x80)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
//////x0
DDRD = (1<<6);
PORTD = (1<<6);
DDRB=0x00;
PORTB=0x00;
Delay_MS(2);
if (PINB & 0x10)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x40)
{
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL;
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
if (PINB & 0x08)
{
if (fn==112)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP;
else
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
PORTB = rowY[colmn];
DDRB = 0xff;
DDRD = 0;
PORTD = 0xfc;
Delay_MS(3);
sei();
}
PORTB = rowY[colmn];
while (PINB != rowY[colmn]);
x=1;
if ((PINC & (1<<7)) == 0)
{
//tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//2
if ((PINC & (1<<6)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//3
//Delay_MS(5);
if ((PIND & (1<<7))== 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow == HID_KEY_LOCK_TOUCHPAD)
{
TouchPadLocked=!TouchPadLocked;
while ((PIND & (1<<7))== 0);
}
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//4
//Delay_MS(5);
if ((PIND & (1<<3)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//5
if ((PINF & (1<<1)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//6
if ((PINF & (1<<6)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//7
if ((PINE & (1<<6)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//8
if ((PINF & (1<<4)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//9
if ((PIND & (1<<5)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//10
if ((PINF & (1<<5)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//11
if ((PINF & (1<<7)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
x++;//12
if ((PINE & (1<<2)) == 0)
{
// tp_guarder();
keynow= keys[colmn*14+x+fn];
KeyboardReport->Modifier |= keym[colmn*14+x];
if (keynow!=0)
{
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[keyc]=keynow;
if (keyc<5) keyc++;
}
}
DDRD = 0;
PORTD = 0xfc;
}
if ((KeyboardReport->Modifier == 0) && (keyc!=0)) tp_guarder();
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return true;//return false;
}
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Mouse_HID_Interface)
{
USB_WheelMouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_WheelMouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
MR_Y = 0;
MR_X = 0;
MR_W = 0;
MR_B |= mouse;// (1 << 0);
//cli();
if (ActionSend)
{
uint16_t posx1 = tpdata[3]<<8 | tpdata[4];
uint16_t posy1 = tpdata[5]<<8 | tpdata[6];
switch (tpdata[2])
{
case 0:
if (lastfingers != 0)
{
if (time_zero>PRETAP)
{
if (time_pressed<CLICK_MS)
{
if (abs(startposX+startposY-posx1-posy1)<10)
{
if (time_two != 0)
MR_B_REQ = MOUSE_RIGTH;
else
MR_B_REQ = MOUSE_LEFT;
}
}
}
time_zero = 0;
}
speedlimit=0;
lastposX = 0;
lastposY = 0;
break;
case 1:
touch_to=TOUCH_TO;
switch (lastfingers)
{
case 0:
presstime=CLICK_MS;
speedlimit=0;
break;
case 1:
if (lastposX != 0)
{
MR_X = limited(posx1 - lastposX);
MR_Y = limited(posy1 - lastposY);
}
break;
case 2:
speedlimit=0;
break;
default:
break;
}
if (lastfingers != 1)
{
time_one = 0;
startposX=posx1;
startposY=posy1;
lastfingers = 1;
}
lastposX = posx1;
lastposY = posy1;
if (speedlimit != 0x80)
speedlimit+=0x04;
break;
case 2:
if (lastfingers == 0)
touch_to=TOUCH_TO;
if (lastfingers == 2)
{
if (lastposY > posy1 + DRAG_HYST)
MR_W = WHEEL;
else if (lastposY + DRAG_HYST < posy1)
MR_W = -WHEEL;
if (MR_W !=0) time_zero = 0;
presstime=0;
}
else
{
time_two = 0;
startposX=posx1;
startposY=posy1;
lastfingers = 2;
}
lastposX = posx1;
lastposY = posy1;
break;
default:
lastposX = 0;
lastposY = 0;
break;
}
lastfingers = tpdata[2];
ActionSend = false;
itsDone = true;
}
MouseReport->Y = MR_Y;
MouseReport->X = MR_X;
MouseReport->Button = MR_B;
MouseReport->Wheel = MR_W;
MR_B=0;
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_WheelMouseReport_Data_t);
return true;
}
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
const uint8_t ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType,
const void* ReportData,
const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
}
}
ISR(ADC_vect)
{
ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
button= ADCH;
if (button == oldbutton)
{
if (button < 0xe8)
{
if (button>0x94) mouse = MOUSE_RIGTH;
else if (button>0x78) mouse = MOUSE_LEFT;
else mouse = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
}
else mouse = 0;
}
else oldbutton = button;
}
ISR(INT2_vect)
{
#if 1
if (TWI_StartTransmission(0x48 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
{
TWI_SendByte(0x00);
TWI_StopTransmission();
if (TWI_StartTransmission(0x48 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
{
// Read some bytes, acknowledge after the last byte is received????
for (int s=0;s<0x06;s++)
TWI_ReceiveByte(&tpdata[s], false);
TWI_ReceiveByte(&tpdata[0x06], true);
}
}
// Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
TWI_StopTransmission();
if ((!TouchPadLocked) && (!tp_guard))
ActionSend = true;
#endif
}
// timer0 overflow ~60hz
ISR(TIMER0_OVF_vect) {
#if 1
if (TWI_StartTransmission(0x48 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
{
TWI_SendByte(0x00);
TWI_StopTransmission();
if (TWI_StartTransmission(0x48 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
{
// Read some bytes, acknowledge after the last byte is received????
for (int s=0;s<0x06;s++)
TWI_ReceiveByte(&tpdata[s], false);
TWI_ReceiveByte(&tpdata[0x06], true);
}
}
// Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
TWI_StopTransmission();
if ((!TouchPadLocked) && (!tp_guard) && (tpdata[0]!=0))
ActionSend = true;
#endif
if ((time_zero != 0xff) && (tpdata[2]==0)) time_zero++;
if (time_zero==TOUCH_TO)
{
#if TAP_ENABLED
MR_B=MR_B_REQ;
MR_B_REQ=0;
#endif
time_one=0;
time_two=0;
time_pressed=0;
}
if ((time_one != 0xff) && (tpdata[2]==1)) time_one++;
if ((time_two != 0xff) && (tpdata[2]==2)) time_two++;
if (ticks!=0) ticks--;
if (dragtime!=0) dragtime--;
if (presstime != 0) presstime--;
if (tpguard !=0) tpguard--;
if (tpguard==1) tp_guard = false;
if (touch_to!=0) touch_to--;
if (touch_to==1)
{
tap_enabled=true;
lastposX=0;
lastposY=0;
drag=false;
if (presstime!=0)
ActionSend = true;
else
lastfingers=0;
}
}

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/*
This software is based on the LUFA library. Modifications of the
software are released under GPL but LUFA library itself is copyrigthed
by its creator Dean Camera. Refer to the license below on the usage of
LUFA library.
Chris Boudacoff @ Olimex Ltd
chris <at> protonic <dot> co <dot> uk
*/
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2015 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
#define HID_KEY_WLAN 246
#define HID_KEY_RFKILL 247
#define HID_KEY_LOCK_TOUCHPAD 199
#define HID_KEY_BRIGTHNESS_DOWN 0x6f //Keyboard F20
#define HID_KEY_BRIGTHNESS_UP 0x70 //Keyboard F21
#define HID_KEY_DISPLAY_SWITCH 0x6e //Keyboard F19
#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFTMETA 0x7d
#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMPOSE 0x65
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT 0x02
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT 0x20
/** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
#define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION 0xFFFF
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
uint8_t M_Buttons(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void Read_TP(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType,
void* ReportData,
uint16_t* const ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
const uint8_t ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType,
const void* ReportData,
const uint16_t ReportSize);
const int keys[224] = {HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE,0,0,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW,
HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMPOSE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P,0,0,0,0,0,
HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10,0,0,0,
HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER,HID_KEY_WLAN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS,HID_KEY_BRIGTHNESS_UP,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE,0,HID_KEY_DISPLAY_SWITCH,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE,0,0,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK,HID_KEY_LOCK_TOUCHPAD,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE,HID_KEY_BRIGTHNESS_DOWN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE,0, HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP,
HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT ,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N,0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMPOSE,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME,
0,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5 ,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK ,0,0,0,0,0,
HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP ,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK ,HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE,0,0,0
};
const int keym[112] = {HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI,HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT,0,0,0,0,
HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL ,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
//const int rowX[14]={12,13,5,6,1,A4,A1,7,A3,30,A2,A0,31,4};
const uint8_t rowY[8]={0xbf,0xfd,0x7f,0xfe,0xef,0xdf,0xfb,0xf7};
const uint8_t rowYN[8]={0x40,0x02,0x80,0x01,0x10,0x20,0x04,0x08};
#define INT_PIN PIN2
bool key_fn = false;
bool ActionSend = false;
bool tap_enabled = true;
int oldbutton;
uint8_t tpdata[0x20];
uint16_t lastposX=0xffff;
uint16_t lastposY=0xffff;
uint8_t button = 0;
uint8_t keyc;
uint8_t colmn;
uint8_t lastfingers;
uint8_t tpguard;
uint8_t touch_to;
bool drag = false;
bool TouchPadLocked = false;
bool tp_guard = false;
bool ReadTP = false;
bool safeclick = true;
#define MOUSE_LEFT (1<<0)
#define MOUSE_RIGTH (1<<1)
#define MOUSE_MIDDLE (1<<2)
#define DELTAX 6
#define DELTAY 5
#define WHEEL 1
#define HYST 1
#define DRAG_HYST 5
uint8_t ticks;
uint8_t mouse = 0;
uint16_t MR_X;
uint16_t MR_Y;
uint8_t MR_B;
uint8_t MR_W;
uint8_t dragtime;
uint8_t speedlimit;
#define DRAGTIME 8
#define MINPRESS 3
#define min_CLICK_MS CLICK_MS-MINPRESS
uint8_t presstime;
#define DRAG_ENABLED 1
#define TP_LOCK 20
#define TAP_ENABLED 1
uint8_t time_zero;
uint8_t time_one;
uint8_t time_two;
uint8_t time_pressed;
#define PRETAP 3
#define CLICK_MS 8
uint8_t MR_B_REQ = 0;
#define TOUCH_TO 8
uint16_t startposX=0xffff;
uint16_t startposY=0xffff;
bool itsDone = false;
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
:10000000E7C0000001C10000FFC00000E9C6000019
:10001000FBC00000F9C00000F7C00000F5C0000000
:10002000F3C00000F1C000000C94F70AEDC000001E
:10003000EBC00000E9C00000E7C00000E5C0000020
:10004000E3C00000E1C00000DFC00000DDC0000030
:10005000DBC00000D9C00000D7C0000016C70000F8
:10006000D3C00000D1C00000CFC00000CDC0000050
:10007000CBC000007AC60000C7C00000C5C00000A9
:10008000C3C00000C1C00000BFC00000BDC0000070
:10009000BBC00000B9C00000B7C00000B5C0000080
:1000A000B3C00000B1C00000AFC000003003540076
:1000B000450052004500530020004B0065007900C8
:1000C00062006F006100720064002B0054006F003A
:1000D0007500630068007000610064000000180390
:1000E0004F006C0069006D006500780020004C0036
:1000F000740064002E0000000403090409023B00A0
:10010000020100C0320904000001030101000921BD
:1001100011010001223F00070585030800050904BD
:100120000100010301020009211101000122480020
:10013000070581030800051201100100000008BA3C
:10014000153C0001000102DC0105010906A10105C1
:100150000719E029E7150025017501950881029529
:100160000175088101050819012905950575019199
:1001700002950175039101150025FF050719002956
:10018000FF950675088100C005010902A10109015A
:10019000A100050919012903150025019503750121
:1001A0008102950175058101050109300931169C0F
:1001B000FF266400369CFF466400950275088106A0
:1001C00009381581257F35FF450175088106C0C0B6
:1001D00011241FBECFEFDAE0DEBFCDBF13E0A0E0F9
:1001E000B1E0ECEBFFE102C005900D92AA3DB10732
:1001F000D9F724E0AAEDB3E001C01D92A233B20703
:10020000E1F78ED00C94DC0FFBCE2091200430E07F
:1002100097FF0CC044275527481B590B2417350757
:100220004CF488279927821B930B089528173907C8
:100230000CF4C90108950E94820AF8942FEF83ED0F
:1002400090E3215080409040E1F700C000009CE026
:1002500088E10FB6F894A895809360000FBE909344
:100260006000FFCF81E08093DE0384E180931F0470
:100270000895CF9384B7877F84BF0FB6F894A8956D
:1002800080916000886180936000109260000FBED2
:1002900090E080E80FB6F89480936100909361003D
:1002A0000FBECFEFC4B9C5B91AB88CEF8BB917B868
:1002B00080EC88B91DB884E48EB910BA82EF81BB96
:1002C000ECEBF0E080818460808391E09093B90052
:1002D00088E48093B800EAE7F0E087EA80838081D1
:1002E0008860808315BEEA9A8098AEE7B0E08C9172
:1002F00081608C9380E680937C00ABE7B0E08C91CA
:100300008F7D8C9380818064808316BC85E085BD61
:1003100090936E000E94DA0AC093E103CF91089592
:10032000A8DF7894CFEF1DEF0FEF8EEFF82EDFEB05
:1003300080E191E00E947B0E1DB8CEB915B9C4B919
:1003400080E091E00E947B0E0E94150D6299F0CF33
:1003500004B9F5B88FE39CE90197F1F700C00000FC
:100360003799E6CFD5B98FE39CE90197F1F700C043
:1003700000004C99DDCF5FDF0895089580E191E0A2
:100380000E94680E80E091E00E94680EE2EEF0E0CC
:10039000808184608083089580E191E00E942F0D28
:1003A00080E091E00C942F0D80911E0190911F012F
:1003B000009729F0019790931F0180931E0180916F
:1003C0000E0190910F01009729F0019790930F0172
:1003D00080930E0108952F923F924F925F926F92F9
:1003E0007F928F929F92AF92BF92CF92DF92EF92C5
:1003F000FF920F931F93CF93DF931F92CDB7DEB77A
:10040000290121E08031920709F08FC310921E0468
:10041000D2011C9212961C92129713961C9213975B
:1004200014961C92149715961C92159716961C926A
:10043000169717961C928091DA0381111092DA03B5
:100440001DB810BA17B81AB88CEF8BB98FEF8EB9E8
:1004500081BB88B984B91092240480E090E160E403
:1004600066246A947CEFBEE37B2E20E8822E30EE79
:10047000932E44EEA42EE5EE50E5B52EF1EEA2E566
:10048000CA2EBAE43B2E2BE4222EDD24D3942091F5
:100490002404283008F03EC32111EDC0F89414B8AC
:1004A00015B89AB99BB9AFE3BFE11197F1F700C056
:1004B00000001E9B46C0189B0DC080911E04920137
:1004C000280F311DD90112962C92853018F48F5FB8
:1004D00080931E04199B11C0D2018C9182608C9371
:1004E00080911E049201280F311DD9011296FC93B0
:1004F000853018F48F5F80931E041D9B0DC0809182
:100500001E049201280F311DD90112963C928530AC
:1005100018F48F5F80931E041F9B11C0D2018C9131
:1005200080628C9380911E049201280F311DD901A5
:100530001296EC93853018F48F5F80931E0480E749
:1005400044C0189B0DC040911E049201240F311D20
:10055000D9011296CC92453018F44F5F40931E0497
:10056000199B11C0D2012C9122602C9340911E0442
:100570009201240F311DD9011296FC93453018F4D5
:100580004F5F40931E041D9B0DC040911E049201BD
:10059000240F311DD9011296BC92453018F44F5FDB
:1005A00040931E041F9B11C0D2012C9120622C93FA
:1005B00040911E049201240F311DD9011296EC9333
:1005C000453018F44F5F40931E046AB96BB914B8F4
:1005D00015B8AFE3BFE11197F1F700C000001C9B15
:1005E00011C0D2012C9120612C9340911E049201E4
:1005F000240F311DD9011296AC92453018F44F5F8B
:1006000040931E041E9B11C0D2012C9121602C939B
:1006100040911E049201240F311DD90112969C9223
:10062000453018F44F5F40931E041B9B12C040914D
:100630001E049201240F311DD901803719F412963E
:100640008C9202C012967C92453018F44F5F409312
:100650001E042091240430E02E5C3E4FD9012C91E1
:1006600025B964B81AB87BB9AFEDBEE21197F1F7BE
:1006700000C0000078942091240430E02E5C3E4FAE
:10068000D9012C9125B920912404422F50E04E5CD1
:100690005E4FDA013C9143B14313FDCF379939C026
:1006A000BEE02B9F900111242F5F3F4F482F50E059
:1006B0007901E40EF51EEE0CFF1CD701A65EBD4FBE
:1006C000FC90220F331F265C3E4FD201EC90D901E3
:1006D0002C912E29D2012C93FF20D9F0F0901E04EA
:1006E000E090240492012F0D311DBEE0EB9E400DE1
:1006F000511D1124440F551F445E5D4FDA014C918A
:10070000D90112964C93B4E0BF1518F0F394F0920F
:100710001E0436992BC0209124044EE0249F9001A2
:1007200011242E5F3F4FA901480F511D440F551F43
:10073000465E5D4FDA015C91220F331F265C3E4F0F
:10074000D2014C91D9012C91242BD2012C93552309
:1007500069F040911E049201240F311DD9011296B7
:100760005C93453018F44F5F40931E044F9935C099
:1007700020912404BEE02B9F900111242D5F3F4F58
:10078000A901480F511D440F551F465E5D4FDA0108
:100790005C91220F331F265C3E4FD2014C91D90150
:1007A0002C91242BD2012C93573CA9F42091DF03E8
:1007B0002D252093DF034F9BFECF40911E04920115
:1007C000240F311DD90112965C93453030F44F5FF0
:1007D00040931E0402C05111F0CF4B992BC02091C1
:1007E0002404BEE02B9F900111242C5F3F4FA901F0
:1007F000480F511D440F551F465E5D4FDA015C9155
:10080000220F331F265C3E4FD2014C91D9012C910F
:10081000242BD2012C93552369F040911E049201A0
:10082000240F311DD90112965C93453018F44F5FA7
:1008300040931E0479992BC020912404BEE02B9F85
:10084000900111242B5F3F4FA901480F511D440F08
:10085000551F465E5D4FDA015C91220F331F265C07
:100860003E4FD2014C91D9012C91242BD2012C93D3
:10087000552369F040911E049201240F311DD901C6
:1008800012965C93453018F44F5F40931E047E9996
:100890002BC020912404BEE02B9F900111242A5FDD
:1008A0003F4FA901480F511D440F551F465E5D4F34
:1008B000DA015C91220F331F265C3E4FD2014C912E
:1008C000D9012C91242BD2012C93552369F040910E
:1008D0001E049201240F311DD90112965C934530FC
:1008E00018F44F5F40931E0466992BC02091240496
:1008F000BEE02B9F90011124295F3F4FA901480FB3
:10090000511D440F551F465E5D4FDA015C91220F69
:10091000331F265C3E4FD2014C91D9012C91242BE0
:10092000D2012C93552369F040911E049201240FAB
:10093000311DD90112965C93453018F44F5F4093F6
:100940001E047C992BC020912404BEE02B9F9001B3
:100950001124285F3F4FA901480F511D440F551F17
:10096000465E5D4FDA015C91220F331F265C3E4FDD
:10097000D2014C91D9012C91242BD2012C935523D7
:1009800069F040911E049201240F311DD901129685
:100990005C93453018F44F5F40931E044D992BC073
:1009A00020912404BEE02B9F90011124275F3F4F2C
:1009B000A901480F511D440F551F465E5D4FDA01D6
:1009C0005C91220F331F265C3E4FD2014C91D9011E
:1009D0002C91242BD2012C93552369F040911E04B5
:1009E0009201240F311DD90112965C93453018F401
:1009F0004F5F40931E047D992BC020912404BEE0DC
:100A00002B9F90011124265F3F4FA901480F511DD4
:100A1000440F551F465E5D4FDA015C91220F331F74
:100A2000265C3E4FD2014C91D9012C91242BD2014E
:100A30002C93552369F040911E049201240F311D1F
:100A4000D90112965C93453018F44F5F40931E0411
:100A50007F992BC020912404BEE02B9F900111248C
:100A6000255F3F4FA901480F511D440F551F465E9A
:100A70005D4FDA015C91220F331F265C3E4FD2019D
:100A80004C91D9012C91242BD2012C93552369F040
:100A900040911E049201240F311DD90112965C93DE
:100AA000453018F44F5F40931E0462992BC020918B
:100AB0002404BEE02B9F90011124245F3F4FA90125
:100AC000480F511D440F551F465E5D4FDA015C9182
:100AD000220F331F265C3E4FD2014C91D9012C913D
:100AE000242BD2012C93552369F040911E049201CE
:100AF000240F311DD90112965C93453018F44F5FD5
:100B000040931E041AB87BB9209124042F5F2093D0
:100B10002404BDCCF2018081811104C080911E04A7
:100B20008111A0DB88E090E006C18050914009F07F
:100B300007C1109211041092100410922204109216
:100B4000210410921904909116048091DC03892BE2
:100B5000809316048091E203882309F4DBC0C090DF
:100B6000F303D12CDC2CCC248091F403C82AE09030
:100B7000F503F12CFE2CEE248091F603E82A209157
:100B8000F203213099F120F0223009F47CC0B3C087
:100B900080911804882339F180912304843008F16E
:100BA000809115048830E8F4409120015091210192
:100BB0008091220190912301840F951F8C199D092A
:100BC0008E199F09873FEFEF9E075CF00A974CF460
:100BD00080911404882311F082E001C081E08093A9
:100BE000DB03109223041092200485C098E09093B8
:100BF0001A0480911804813039F018F0823019F10C
:100C000025C090931D041FC0809127019091280159
:100C1000009741F1A601481B590BCA012983F5DA57
:100C200090932204809321048091250190912601C4
:100C3000D701A81BB90BCD01E8DA9093110480937A
:100C4000100429810FC01092200402C0813051F09D
:100C500010921704D0922301C0922201F092210138
:100C6000E0922001D0922801C0922701F092260143
:100C7000E092250180912004803809F444C08C5F03
:100C80008093200440C080911804811104C088E042
:100C900080931A041DC08230D9F48091250190916F
:100CA0002601A7014B5F5F4F4817590710F481E0F9
:100CB00005C005968E159F0518F48FEF80931904D3
:100CC0008091190481111092230410921D040AC00E
:100CD00010921404D0922301C0922201F0922101BB
:100CE000E0922001D0922801C0922701F0922601C3
:100CF000E092250108C0109228011092270110925D
:100D0000260110922501209318041092E20381E03D
:100D10008093DA0380911004F20182838091210490
:100D200081838091160480838091190483831092BB
:100D3000160484E090E0D8018D939C9381E000C07C
:100D40000F90DF91CF911F910F91FF90EF90DF9067
:100D5000CF90BF90AF909F908F907F906F905F905B
:100D60004F903F902F90089508951F920F920FB6C5
:100D70000F9211242F933F934F935F938F93809102
:100D80007A00806180937A00809179008093E103FA
:100D9000282F30E040911204509113042417350796
:100DA00089F4883E60F4853910F082E005C0893707
:100DB00010F081E001C084E08093DC0307C0109252
:100DC000DC0304C030931304209312048F915F91CD
:100DD0004F913F912F910F900FBE0F901F9018953C
:100DE0001F920F920FB60F9211242F933F934F93A0
:100DF0005F936F937F938F939F93AF93BF93CF93A3
:100E0000DF93EF93FF936AE088E40E943E0F811125
:100E10001BC00E94920F84E98093BC006AE089E4C1
:100E20000E943E0F811110C0C0EFD3E060E0CE0100
:100E30000E94A30F219683E0C63FD807B9F761E06F
:100E400086EF93E00E94A30F84E98093BC00809119
:100E5000DF03811107C08091DE03811103C081E0AF
:100E60008093E203FF91EF91DF91CF91BF91AF911A
:100E70009F918F917F916F915F914F913F912F91B2
:100E80000F900FBE0F901F9018951F920F920FB6E4
:100E90000F9211242F933F934F935F936F937F9300
:100EA0008F939F93AF93BF93CF93DF93EF93FF9372
:100EB0006AE088E4E3D781111AC00E94920F84E9A6
:100EC0008093BC006AE089E4D9D7811110C0C0EFDB
:100ED000D3E060E0CE010E94A30F219683E0C63FDD
:100EE000D807B9F761E086EF93E00E94A30F84E989
:100EF0008093BC008091DF0381110BC08091DE03E1
:100F0000811107C08091F003882319F081E080935C
:100F1000E203809123048F3F39F09091F203911105
:100F200003C08F5F8093230480912304883061F491
:100F30008091DB03809316041092DB031092170458
:100F40001092140410921504809117048F3F39F009
:100F50009091F203913019F48F5F80931704809180
:100F600014048F3F39F09091F203923019F48F5F9F
:100F70008093140480911B04882319F0815080937E
:100F80001B0480911C04882319F0815080931C0459
:100F900080911D04882319F0815080931D04809155
:100FA0001F04882319F0815080931F0480911F042F
:100FB000813011F41092DE0380911A04882319F015
:100FC000815080931A0480911A048130A9F480938F
:100FD00029011092280110922701109226011092E7
:100FE00025011092E00390911D04992319F080933C
:100FF000E20302C010921804FF91EF91DF91CF91AC
:10100000BF91AF919F918F917F916F915F914F9120
:101010003F912F910F900FBE0F901F901895292F81
:10102000332723303105C9F064F42130310581F0D4
:101030002230310509F042C08BE390E02CEF30E024
:1010400041C021323105F1F02232310549F136C07B
:1010500082E190E027E331E035C0992781309105A6
:1010600041F08230910541F0892B41F5E8EFF0E045
:1010700005C0EEEDF0E002C0ECEAF0E0849190E013
:101080009F0120C0662339F06130C1F489E090E00F
:1010900027E231E017C089E090E02EE031E012C095
:1010A000662339F0613051F488E490E028E831E0BB
:1010B00009C08FE390E029E431E004C080E090E0D3
:1010C00020E030E0FA01318320830895CF92DF924F
:1010D000EF92FF920F931F93CF93DF93EC018B015D
:1010E0007A01DED1811133C0E114F10439F0F70146
:1010F00080819181081B190BC80FD91FC12CD12CDD
:101100000115110519F18091E80085FD16C0809147
:10111000E8008E778093E80088D4E114F10449F068
:10112000F70180819181C80ED91ED182C08285E0ED
:101130000EC0B6D1882321F30AC089918093F100B3
:1011400001501109FFEFCF1ADF0ADACF80E0DF91FB
:10115000CF911F910F91FF90EF90DF90CF90089566
:1011600020913004309131042617370748F061157B
:10117000710539F42091E8002E772093E80001C032
:10118000B90140E061157105A9F1209129042223DC
:1011900009F443C0253009F442C02091E80023FD42
:1011A00040C02091E80022FD32C02091E80020FFDD
:1011B000E9CF4091F3002091F20030E0342BFC01A4
:1011C000CF016115710559F02830310540F4819146
:1011D0008093F100615071092F5F3F4FF1CF41E0E3
:1011E0002830310509F040E02091E8002E77209367
:1011F000E800C8CF4111C9CF0AC0809129048823D3
:1012000061F0853061F08091E80083FD0AC0809133
:10121000E80082FFF2CF80E0089582E0089583E045
:10122000089581E008956115710529F42091E80081
:101230002B772093E800FC016115710541F1809145
:101240002904882361F1853061F18091E80083FDF4
:1012500024C08091E80082FFEFCF2091F3008091BD
:10126000F20090E0922B892B31F08091F100819374
:101270006150710991F78091E8008B778093E800C5
:10128000DBCF80912904882351F0853051F0809183
:10129000E80080FFF6CF80E0089581E0089582E0C5
:1012A000089583E008952091300430913104261789
:1012B000370748F06115710539F42091E8002E7761
:1012C0002093E80001C0B901FC0120E0611571051F
:1012D00091F180912904882309F440C0853009F4F4
:1012E0003FC08091E80083FD3DC08091E80082FD11
:1012F0002FC08091E80080FFE9CF2091F30080911A
:10130000F20090E0922B6115710559F0883091053B
:1013100040F424912093F1003196615071090196B7
:10132000F2CF21E0089709F020E08091E8008E7765
:101330008093E800CBCF2111CCCF0AC08091290443
:10134000882361F0853061F08091E80083FD0AC058
:101350008091E80082FFF2CF80E0089582E0089556
:1013600083E0089581E00895982F973058F5909381
:10137000E900981739F07091EC002091ED00509140
:10138000F00003C0242F762F50E021FF19C03091C8
:10139000EB003E7F3093EB003091ED003D7F3093CA
:1013A000ED003091EB0031603093EB007093EC0076
:1013B0002093ED005093F0002091EE0027FF07C02E
:1013C0009F5FD3CF8F708093E90081E0089580E024
:1013D0000895EF92FF920F931F93CF93DF93E62E22
:1013E000EC018C010C5F1F4FF12CFE1491F1588120
:1013F000552351F1F801208169817A8131979081DB
:10140000852F8F70873010F080E024C0223010F4D8
:1014100042E001C046E0E8E0F0E020E0E617F70730
:1014200020F42F5FEE0FFF1FF9CF2295207F422B74
:10143000F0E49F9F90011124551F5527551F652FDC
:10144000622B92DF882301F3F39425960B5F1F4FE5
:10145000CCCF81E0DF91CF911F910F91FF90EF9062
:10146000089580912A0487FF11C08091E80082FDD1
:1014700005C0809129048111F8CF11C08091E80046
:101480008B770BC080912904882349F08091E80074
:1014900080FFF8CF8091E8008E778093E800089570
:1014A0002091E4003091E50095E64091EC00842F16
:1014B000817040FF22C08091E80080FD1CC08091B7
:1014C0002904882391F0853091F08091EB0085FD0F
:1014D00010C04091E4005091E5004217530729F3F2
:1014E0009A01915011F784E0089582E0089583E015
:1014F000089581E0089580E008954091E80042FF5A
:10150000DECF089567D06ED0E0EEF0E0808181609C
:101510008083E8EDF0E080818F77808319BCA7EDB0
:10152000B0E08C918E7F8C9380818F7E808310922F
:10153000280408950F931F93CF93DF934BD052D07D
:10154000C8EDD0E088818F77888388818068888320
:1015500088818F7D888319BC1092290410922504FC
:10156000109227041092260400EE10E0F80180810A
:101570008B7F808388818160888342E060E080E0A7
:10158000F3DEE1EEF0E080818E7F8083E2EEF0E03A
:10159000808181608083808188608083F801808180
:1015A0008E7F8083888180618883DF91CF911F91B6
:1015B0000F910895E8EDF0E080818F7E8083E7ED64
:1015C000F0E080818160808384E082BF81E080934D
:1015D0002804B0CFE8EDF0E080818E7F8083109208
:1015E000E20008951092DA001092E10008951F922F
:1015F0000F920FB60F9211242F933F934F935F9347
:101600006F937F938F939F93AF93BF93EF93FF93CA
:101610008091E10082FF0BC08091E20082FF07C051
:101620008091E1008B7F8093E1000E94D401809142
:10163000DA0080FF1FC08091D80080FF1BC080911E
:10164000DA008E7F8093DA008091D90080FF0DC090
:1016500080E189BD82E189BD09B400FEFDCF81E052
:10166000809329040E94BC0105C019BC1092290472
:101670000E94BD018091E10080FF18C08091E200CE
:1016800080FF14C08091E2008E7F8093E200809101
:10169000E20080618093E2008091D80080628093B4
:1016A000D80019BC85E080932904BED18091E10067
:1016B00084FF2FC08091E20084FF2BC080E189BDB0
:1016C00082E189BD09B400FEFDCF8091D8008F7DF5
:1016D0008093D8008091E1008F7E8093E10080911B
:1016E000E2008F7E8093E2008091E200816080932F
:1016F000E20080912504882311F084E007C08091E6
:10170000E30087FD02C081E001C083E080932904EB
:101710008BD18091E10083FF22C08091E20083FFA2
:101720001EC08091E100877F8093E10082E080937A
:101730002904109225048091E1008E7F8093E100BE
:101740008091E2008E7F8093E2008091E2008061D0
:101750008093E20042E060E080E006DE65D1FF9128
:10176000EF91BF91AF919F918F917F916F915F9119
:101770004F913F912F910F900FBE0F901F90189592
:101780001F93CF93DF93CDB7DEB7AA970FB6F89428
:10179000DEBF0FBECDBFEAE2F4E088E08E0F90918D
:1017A000F10091938E13FBCF0E94CC018091E80051
:1017B00083FF22C180912A0490912B04953009F473
:1017C00078C030F4913081F168F0933069F114C140
:1017D000983009F4E2C0993009F4F1C0963009F06C
:1017E0000BC189C0803881F0823809F005C1809131
:1017F0002E048F708093E9008091EB0085FB882791
:1018000080F91092E90006C0809126049091270487
:10181000911182609091E800977F9093E800809307
:10182000F1001092F100C4C0282F2D7F09F0E4C010
:10183000882319F0823061F0DFC080912C04813060
:1018400009F0DAC0933009F080E0809327042BC0C0
:1018500080912C04811127C080912E048F7009F48F
:10186000CBC08093E9002091EB0020FF1CC0933097
:1018700021F48091EB00806214C09091EB009061A4
:101880009093EB0021E030E0A90102C0440F551F06
:101890008A95E2F74093EA001092EA008091EB000B
:1018A00088608093EB001092E9008091E800877FC8
:1018B00082C08111A1C010912C041F778091E30098
:1018C0008078812B8093E3008091E800877F80936C
:1018D000E800C7DD8091E80080FFFCCF8091E30045
:1018E00080688093E300111102C082E001C083E0B0
:1018F0008093290481C08058823008F07DC0809197
:101900002C0490912D048C3D53E0950771F583E0F4
:101910008A838AE289834FB7F894DE01139620E028
:101920003EE051E2E32FF0E050935700E49120FFB6
:1019300003C0E295EF703F5FEF708E2F90E0EA30CA
:1019400010F0C79601C0C0968D939D932F5F2431F0
:1019500049F74FBF8091E800877F8093E8006AE2F3
:1019600070E0CE010196FCDB12C0AE014F5F5F4F0D
:1019700060912E0454DBBC01892B09F43DC0909189
:10198000E800977F9093E80089819A818CDC8091B0
:10199000E8008B778093E8002FC0803869F580914C
:1019A000E800877F8093E800809125048093F10010
:1019B0008091E8008E778093E80053DD1DC081118F
:1019C0001BC090912C049230B8F48091E800877F7E
:1019D0008093E8009093250444DD809125048111D3
:1019E00006C08091E30087FD02C081E001C084E071
:1019F000809329040E94BE018091E80083FF0AC001
:101A00008091E800877F8093E8008091EB008062FE
:101A10008093EB00AA960FB6F894DEBF0FBECDBF41
:101A2000DF91CF911F9108950895CF93809129045C
:101A3000882399F0C091E900CF709091EC00892F34
:101A4000817090FD80E8C82B1092E9008091E80039
:101A500083FD96DECF70C093E900CF9108956F9219
:101A60007F928F929F92AF92BF92CF92DF92EF922E
:101A7000FF920F931F93CF93DF9300D01F92CDB7A8
:101A8000DEB77C01CDB6DEB68091E80083FF09C1E8
:101A9000F701808190E020912E0430912F042817C7
:101AA000390709F0FEC080912B04833009F4A0C0EF
:101AB00030F4813071F0823009F4D7C0F2C08A303E
:101AC00009F4BBC08B3009F4A4C0893009F0E9C027
:101AD00052C080912A04813A09F0E3C08DB69EB6C7
:101AE0001A82198280912C0410912D048B83F701A6
:101AF0008085482F50E08DB79EB7841B950B0FB69D
:101B0000F8949EBF0FBE8DBFEDB7FEB731965F0153
:101B100060E070E0CF0149D24FEF410F8E010F5FBF
:101B20001F4F9501BE016D5F7F4FC7010E94EB0102
:101B3000F70186819781009721F0408550E0B5013B
:101B40002BD21092E9008091E800877F8093E80013
:101B50008B8181118093F10069817A81C50100DB5D
:101B60008091E8008B778093E8000FB6F8949EBED2
:101B70000FBE8DBE96C080912A04813209F091C0BB
:101B8000ADB6BEB6009130041091310470902C04B3
:101B900060902D048DB79EB7801B910B0FB6F89403
:101BA0009EBF0FBE8DBFEDB7FEB731964F0180913E
:101BB000E800877F8093E800B801CF0134DB809193
:101BC000E8008E778093E80021E0711001C020E0EA
:101BD00030E0021B130B280D391D4FEF460D672D0A
:101BE000C701C2D80FB6F894BEBE0FBEADBE59C075
:101BF00080912A04813A09F054C08091E800877FDF
:101C00008093E8008091E80080FFFCCFF701818598
:101C100040C080912A04813209F043C08091E800DD
:101C2000877F8093E8001DDC90912C0481E0911166
:101C300001C080E0F701818734C080912A0481329D
:101C400081F58091E800877F8093E8000ADC80912D
:101C50002C0490912D04882736E0969587953A9527
:101C6000E1F7F701958784871CC080912A04813AA7
:101C7000C1F48091E800877F8093E8008091E800BC
:101C800080FFFCCFF701848595859695879596957D
:101C900087958093F1008091E8008E778093E8002B
:101CA000E0DB0FB6F894DEBE0FBECDBE0F900F90F6
:101CB0000F90DF91CF911F910F91FF90EF90DF90E8
:101CC000CF90BF90AF909F908F907F906F9008952E
:101CD000FC01399627E0DF011D922A95E9F721E002
:101CE000FC01218724EF31E03587248723E024831A
:101CF00061E001966ECB4F925F926F927F928F92CE
:101D00009F92AF92BF92CF92DF92EF92FF920F938A
:101D10001F93CF93DF9300D01F92CDB7DEB77C0126
:101D2000ADB6BEB680912904843009F08EC0809192
:101D3000E4009091E500F7012285338528173907E3
:101D400009F483C081818F708093E9008091E8005D
:101D500085FF7BC08DB69EB6408550E08DB79EB79F
:101D6000841B950B0FB6F8949EBF0FBE8DBFEDB7C9
:101D7000FEB731966F011B821A82198260E070E013
:101D8000CF0113D18E010F5F1F4F960140E0BE01BE
:101D90006D5F7F4FC7010E94EB01482EF7018485DC
:101DA0009585892B51F091E080E026853785232B9E
:101DB00009F090E0092F182F02C000E010E0F701B1
:101DC000668077806114710489F049815A81B3017A
:101DD000C601D5D055245394892B09F4512CF70111
:101DE000408550E0B601C301D7D001C0512C898194
:101DF0009A81892BF1F0411004C0511002C0012BCF
:101E0000C1F0F701848595859787868781818F70DA
:101E10008093E9008B8181118093F10069817A813F
:101E200040E050E0C60152D98091E8008E7780935F
:101E3000E8008091E4009091E500F70193878287A4
:101E40000FB6F8949EBE0FBE8DBE0FB6F894BEBE00
:101E50000FBEADBE0F900F900F90DF91CF911F91ED
:101E60000F91FF90EF90DF90CF90BF90AF909F9039
:101E70008F907F906F905F904F90089594EA909329
:101E8000BC0094E6699FB00111249B0140E054EA34
:101E900021153105F9F0411122C09091BC0097FF46
:101EA00012C09091B900987F903161F0983339F069
:101EB000983041F084E08093BC0081E00895509315
:101EC000BC00E6CF41E095E39A95F1F70000215080
:101ED0003109DECF84E08093BC0082E008958093D6
:101EE000BB0084E88093BC006115710559F08091B6
:101EF000BC0087FD09C085E38A95F1F700006150B9
:101F00007109F2CF83E008958091B900887F88310C
:101F100011F480E008958034E1F384E98093BC00FB
:101F200084E008958093BB0084E88093BC00809196
:101F3000BC0087FFFCCF9091B900987F81E0983278
:101F400009F080E00895FC01611102C094EC01C029
:101F500094E89093BC008091BC0087FFFCCF8091F7
:101F6000BB0080839091B900987F81E0662319F0CF
:101F7000983519F403C0903509F080E00895FB010D
:101F8000DC0104C08D910190801921F44150504032
:101F9000C8F7881B990B0895FB01DC0102C0019072
:101FA0000D9241505040D8F70895DC0101C06D9367
:0C1FB00041505040E0F70895F894FFCF36
:101FBC00018108000001E40304000000000000009F
:101FCC00008508000001E803080000000000000084
:101FDC00FFFFFFFF01FFFFFFFF0140028001102008
:101FEC000408BFFD7FFEEFDFFBF7010000000000DF
:101FFC0000000000000000000000000000000000D5
:10200C0000000000000000000000000000000000C4
:10201C0000000000000000000000000000000800AC
:10202C0002000000000000000000000000000000A2
:10203C000000000000000000000000002000000074
:10204C000000000000000000000000000000000084
:10205C000400000000000000000010000000000060
:10206C000000000000000000000000000000000064
:10207C000000000000000000000000000000000054
:10208C000000000000000000400000000000000004
:10209C000000000000000000000000000000000034
:1020AC000000000000000000000000000000000024
:1020BC000000000000000000000000000000000014
:1020CC0000000000000000000000E00035003A00B5
:1020DC003B00220023002E0041002D000000420096
:1020EC004C000000000000002B0039003C001700E1
:1020FC001C00300040002F0000002A0000000000EF
:10210C00E100000004001600070009000D000E009D
:10211C000F0033000000310000000000E50000005B
:10212C00290000003D000A000B003F0000003400B5
:10213C00E20044002C0000005200E4001D001B00D3
:10214C0006001900100036003700000000002800BF
:10215C00000000000000000000000000000005006E
:10216C00110000007F003800E600450051004F00D0
:10217C005000000014001A000800150018000C0094
:10218C0012001300000000000000000000003E00E0
:10219C001E001F002000210024002500260027001F
:1021AC0046004300000000000000E000350066001F
:1021BC00F600220023002E0070002D000000E3002A
:1021CC004C000000000000002B003900C700170075
:1021DC001C0030006F002F0000002A0000000000DF
:1021EC00E1000000040016000700090059005A0025
:1021FC005B0056000000310000000000E50000000C
:10220C002900000081000A000B007F000000340050
:10221C00E20049002C0000004B00E4001D001B00F4
:10222C00060019006200360037000000000028008C
:10223C00000000000000000000000000000005008D
:10224C00110000007F005700E60045004E004D00D5
:10225C004A00000014001A00080015005C005D0024
:10226C005E0055000000000000000000000080002F
:10227C001E001F0020002100240025002600540011
:0A228C0053004800000000000000AD
:00000001FF

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
* \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
* \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
* \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
* \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
* \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
* \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
* and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
* (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
* interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
* compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
* pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
* a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
* on sending keyboard event and key presses.
*
* When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
* joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
* left-button click.
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
</project>
<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
<info type="description" value="summary">
Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
<keyword value="HID Class"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
</module>
</asf>

@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
# Doxyfile 1.8.9
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
#
# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
# front of the TAG it is preceding.
#
# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists, items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
# for the list of possible encodings.
# The default value is: UTF-8.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
# The default value is: My Project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
# control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER =
# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
PROJECT_BRIEF =
# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
# the logo to the output directory.
PROJECT_LOGO =
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
# left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
# performance problems for the file system.
# The default value is: NO.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
# U+3044.
# The default value is: NO.
ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
# The default value is: English.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
# The default value is: YES.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
# description of a member or function before the detailed description
#
# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
# The default value is: YES.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
# The default value is: NO.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
# The default value is: YES.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
# strip.
#
# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
# using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
# The default value is: NO.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
# description.)
# The default value is: NO.
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
# The default value is: NO.
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
#
# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
# not recognized any more.
# The default value is: NO.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
# The default value is: YES.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
# The default value is: NO.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
# the documentation. An alias has the form:
# name=value
# For example adding
# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
# newlines.
ALIASES =
# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
TCL_SUBST =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
# members will be omitted, etc.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
# The default value is: NO.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
#
# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
#
# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
# the files are not read by doxygen.
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
# case of backward compatibilities issues.
# The default value is: YES.
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
# The default value is: NO.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
# The default value is: NO.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
# The default value is: NO.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
# should set this option to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
# The default value is: NO.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
# \nosubgrouping command.
# The default value is: YES.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
# and RTF).
#
# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
# The default value is: NO.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
# be included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
# scope will be included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
# included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
# for Java sources.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
# included.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
# are hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
# included in the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
# The default value is: system dependent.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
# scope will be hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
# The default value is: NO.
HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
# which file to include in order to use the member.
# The default value is: NO.
SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
# The default value is: NO.
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
# documentation for inline members.
# The default value is: YES.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
# The default value is: YES.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
# member documentation.
# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
# detailed member documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
# appear in their defined order.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
# list.
# The default value is: NO.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
# The default value is: NO.
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
# the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
# ... \endcond blocks.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
# documentation regardless of this setting.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
# (if specified).
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified).
# The default value is: YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
# version. For an example see the documentation.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
# will be used as the name of the layout file.
#
# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
# tag is left empty.
LAYOUT_FILE =
# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
CITE_BIB_FILES =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
# messages are off.
# The default value is: NO.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
# this implies that the warnings are on.
#
# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
WARNINGS = YES
# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
# will automatically be disabled.
# The default value is: YES.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
# markup commands wrongly.
# The default value is: YES.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
# error (stderr).
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
# spaces.
# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
# possible encodings.
# The default value is: UTF-8.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
# be searched for input files as well.
# The default value is: NO.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
#
# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
# run.
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
# from the input.
# The default value is: NO.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories.
#
# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
#
# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
INCLUDE_FROM_*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
# command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
# files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# The default value is: NO.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
# \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command:
#
# <filter> <input-file>
#
# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
# will be ignored.
#
# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
# The default value is: NO.
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
#
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
# The default value is: NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
# The default value is: YES.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
# The default value is: NO.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
# The default value is: NO.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
# link to the documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
# can opt to disable this feature.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
# 4.8.6 or higher.
#
# To use it do the following:
# - Install the latest version of global
# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
# - Run doxygen as normal
#
# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
#
# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
# source code will now point to the output of htags.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
# See also: Section \class.
# The default value is: YES.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
# information.
# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
# The default value is: NO.
CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
CLANG_OPTIONS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
# The default value is: YES.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
# while generating the index headers.
# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: html.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
# The default value is: .html.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
#
# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
# default header using
# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
# YourConfigFile
# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
# uses.
# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
# that doxygen normally uses.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
# obsolete.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
# list). For an example see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
# purple, and 360 is red again.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
# change the gamma.
# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
# tree by default.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
# for more information.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
# The default value is: Publisher.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
# Windows.
#
# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
# compressed HTML files.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
CHM_FILE =
# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
# The file has to be specified with full path.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
HHC_LOCATION =
# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
# and project file content.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
# the HTML output folder.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
# folders).
# The default value is: doc.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
# filters).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
# filters).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
# generated .qhp file.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
QHG_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
DISABLE_INDEX = YES
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
#
# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
# in the overview section.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
#
# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
USE_MATHJAX = NO
# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
# example see the documentation.
# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
# option.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
SEARCHENGINE = NO
# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
# search results.
#
# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
#
# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
#
# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
# Searching" for details.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SEARCHENGINE_URL =
# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
# The default value is: YES.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: latex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked.
#
# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
# written to the output directory.
# The default file is: latex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
# index for LaTeX.
# The default file is: makeindex.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
# trees in general.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
# printer.
# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
# The default value is: a4.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
# instance you can specify
# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
# default header to a separate file.
#
# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
# to HTML_HEADER.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_HEADER =
# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
# special commands can be used inside the footer.
#
# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_FOOTER =
# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
# list).
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
# markers available.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
# when generating formulas in HTML.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
#
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
# SOURCE_BROWSER.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
# The default value is: plain.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
# readers/editors.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: rtf.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
# trees in general.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
# fields.
#
# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
# missing definitions are set to their default value.
#
# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
#
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
# SOURCE_BROWSER.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
# classes and files.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
# MAN_OUTPUT.
# The default directory is: man.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
# optional.
# The default value is: .3.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_SUBDIR =
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
# it.
# The default directory is: xml.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
# of the XML output.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
# that can be used to generate PDF.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
# front of it.
# The default directory is: docbook.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
#
# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
# The default value is: NO.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
# output from the Perl module output.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
# just the same.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
# overwrite each other's variables.
# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
# The default value is: YES.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
# preprocessor.
# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
# used.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
PROGMEM
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
# definition found in the source code.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
# removed.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
# a tag file without this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
# of tag files.
# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
# listed.
# The default value is: NO.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
# listed.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
# be listed.
# The default value is: YES.
EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
DIA_PATH =
# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
# The default value is: YES.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
# set to NO
# The default value is: NO.
HAVE_DOT = NO
# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
# speed.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
# The default value is: Helvetica.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTNAME =
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
# dot graphs.
# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
# class with other documented classes.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
# 10.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
# instances.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
# files.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
# files.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
#
# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
# functions only using the \callgraph command.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
#
# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
# functions only using the \callergraph command.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
# files in the directories.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot.
# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
# requirement).
# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
# The default value is: png.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
#
# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_PATH =
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
# command).
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
# command).
MSCFILE_DIRS =
# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
# command).
DIAFILE_DIRS =
# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
# will not generate output for the diagram.
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
# to support this out of the box.
#
# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
# read).
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
# this, this feature is disabled by default.
# The default value is: NO.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
# graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
# The default value is: YES.
# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = atmega32u4
ARCH = AVR8
#BOARD = OLIMEX32U4
F_CPU = 16000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = KeyboardMouse
SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI)
LUFA_PATH = ../lufa-LUFA-151115/LUFA
#LUFA_PATH = ../lufa-LUFA-170418/LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
FLASH_SIZE_KB = 32
BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 4
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA build script makefiles
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
#install:
#avrdude -pm32u4 -cavr109 -P/dev/ttyACM0 -Uflash:w:KeyboardMouse.hex:a
#avrdude -V -D -pm32u4 -cstk500v2 -P/dev/ttyACM0 -Uflash:w:KeyboardMouse.hex:a -U hfuse:w:0xD9:m

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -0,0 +1 @@
./hid_bootloader_cli KeyboardMouse.hex

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
merge_uboot/merge_uboot
update_uboot_fdt/update_uboot_fdt
update_uboot/update_uboot
script/script
/bin

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
SUBDIRS := merge_uboot update_uboot_fdt update_uboot script
all: $(SUBDIRS)
bin:
mkdir -p bin/
$(SUBDIRS): bin
$(MAKE) -C $@
cp -va $@/$@ bin/
clean:
-for d in $(SUBDIRS); do ($(MAKE) -C $$d clean); done
-$(RM) -rf bin
.PHONY: all clean $(SUBDIRS)

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
objects = merge_uboot.o
edit:$(objects)
gcc -o merge_uboot $(objects) -static
rm -rf $(objects)
clean:
rm -rf merge_uboot $(objects)

@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "uboot_head.h"
#define ANDR_BOOT_MAGIC "ANDROID!"
#define ANDR_BOOT_MAGIC_SIZE 8
#define ANDR_BOOT_NAME_SIZE 16
#define ANDR_BOOT_ARGS_SIZE 512
typedef unsigned int u32;
void Usage(void)
{
printf("\n");
printf("Usage:\n");
printf("merge some file to then end of uboot\n");
printf("merge_uboot.exe u-boot.bin infile outfile mode[secmonitor|secos|scp]\n\n");
}
u32 randto1k(u32 num)
{
if(num % 1024)
{
printf("merge_uboot: num %d randto1k\n", num);
return ((num+1023)/1024 * 1024);
}
else
{
return num;
}
}
int IsFullName(const char *FilePath)
{
if (isalpha(FilePath[0]) && ':' == FilePath[1])
{
return 1;
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
void GetFullPath(char *dName, const char *sName)
{
char Buffer[256];
if(IsFullName(sName))
{
strcpy(dName, sName);
return ;
}
/* Get the current working directory: */
if(getcwd(Buffer, 256 ) == NULL)
{
perror( "getcwd error" );
return ;
}
sprintf(dName, "%s/%s", Buffer, sName);
}
int main(int argc, char* argv[])
{
char file_name1[256];
char file_name2[256];
char file_name3[256];
char file_mode[32];
FILE *file1 = NULL;
FILE *file2 = NULL;
FILE *file3 = NULL;
unsigned int file1_len, file2_len,file1_len_align,file2_len_align;
unsigned char *file1_buffer = NULL;
unsigned char *file2_buffer = NULL;
unsigned char *file_dst_buffer = NULL;
struct spare_boot_head_t * img_hdr = NULL;
if(argc != 5 )
{
Usage();
return -1;
}
printf("merge_uboot: %s will merge %s, generate %s, mode %s\n", argv[1], argv[2], argv[3],argv[4]);
memset(file_name1, 0, sizeof(file_name1));
memset(file_name2, 0, sizeof(file_name2));
memset(file_name3, 0, sizeof(file_name3));
/*strcpy(file_name1, "boot.img");
strcpy(file_name2, "sun50iw1p1.dtb");
strcpy(file_name3, "test.img");*/
GetFullPath(file_name1, argv[1]);
GetFullPath(file_name2, argv[2]);
GetFullPath(file_name3, argv[3]);
strcpy(file_mode,argv[4]);
//printf("%s will concatenate %s, generate %s", file_name1, file_name2, file_name3);
file1 = fopen(file_name1, "rb");
if(!file1)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name1);
goto _err_out;
}
file2 = fopen(file_name2, "rb");
if(!file2)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name2);
goto _err_out;
}
//file1
fseek(file1, 0, SEEK_END);
file1_len = ftell(file1);
fseek(file1, 0, SEEK_SET);
file1_buffer = (char *)malloc(file1_len+1);
if(file1_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file1_buffer,0,file1_len+1);
fread(file1_buffer, 1, file1_len, file1);
fclose(file1); file1 = NULL;
//img_hdr = (struct andr_img_hdr *)file1_buffer;
img_hdr = (struct spare_boot_head_t *)file1_buffer;
if (memcmp(img_hdr->boot_head.magic, UBOOT_MAGIC, 5)) {
puts("merge_uboot: bad boot image magic, maybe not a uboot?\n");
goto _err_out;
}
//file2
fseek(file2, 0, SEEK_END);
file2_len = ftell(file2);
fseek(file2, 0, SEEK_SET);
file2_buffer = (char *)malloc(file2_len+1);
if(file2_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file2_buffer,0,file2_len+1);
fread(file2_buffer, 1, file2_len, file2);
fclose(file2); file2=NULL;
file1_len_align = randto1k(file1_len);
file2_len_align = randto1k(file2_len);
printf("file1_len = %x, file2_len = %x\n", file1_len_align, file2_len_align);
//update head
if(strcmp(file_mode,"secmonitor") == 0)
{
img_hdr->boot_ext[0].data[0] = file1_len_align; //offset
img_hdr->boot_ext[0].data[1] = file2_len_align; //size
}
else if(strcmp(file_mode,"secos") == 0)
{
img_hdr->boot_ext[1].data[0] = file1_len_align; //offset
img_hdr->boot_ext[1].data[1] = file2_len_align; //size
}
else if(strcmp(file_mode,"scp") == 0)
{
img_hdr->boot_ext[2].data[0] = file1_len_align; //offset
img_hdr->boot_ext[2].data[1] = file2_len_align; //size
}
else
{
Usage();
return -1;
}
printf("file[%s] offset %x,size %x \n",file_mode, file1_len_align,file2_len_align);
file_dst_buffer = (char *)malloc(file1_len_align+file2_len_align);
if(file_dst_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file_dst_buffer,0, file1_len_align+file2_len_align);
memcpy(file_dst_buffer, file1_buffer, file1_len);
memcpy(file_dst_buffer+file1_len_align, file2_buffer, file2_len);
file3 = fopen(file_name3, "wb");
if(!file3)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name3);
goto _err_out;
}
fwrite(file_dst_buffer, file1_len_align+file2_len_align, 1, file3);
fclose(file3); file3 = NULL;
printf("merge_uboot:genrate %s ok\n",file_name3);
free(file_dst_buffer);
free(file1_buffer);
free(file2_buffer);
return 0;
_err_out:
if(file_dst_buffer != NULL) free(file_dst_buffer);
if(file1_buffer != NULL) free(file1_buffer);
if(file2_buffer != NULL) free(file2_buffer);
return -1;
}

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
#ifndef __spare_head_h__
#define __spare_head_h__
#define UBOOT_MAGIC "uboot"
#define MAGIC_SIZE 8
typedef struct _normal_gpio_cfg
{
char port; //ex.PA,PB...
char port_num; //ex.PA0,PA1
char mul_sel; //function num
char pull; //
char drv_level; //
char data; //
char reserved[2]; //
}
normal_gpio_cfg;
/******************************************************************************/
/* the control information stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head
{
unsigned int jump_instruction; // one intruction jumping to real code
unsigned char magic[MAGIC_SIZE]; // ="u-boot"
unsigned int check_sum; // generated by PC
unsigned int align_size; // align size in byte
unsigned int length; // the size of all file
unsigned int uboot_length; // the size of uboot
unsigned char version[8]; // uboot version
unsigned char platform[8]; // platform information
int reserved[1]; //stamp space, 16bytes align
};
/******************************************************************************/
/* the data stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_data_head
{
unsigned int dram_para[32];
int run_clock; // Mhz
int run_core_vol; // mV
int uart_port; // UART
normal_gpio_cfg uart_gpio[2]; // UART GPIO
int twi_port; // TWI
normal_gpio_cfg twi_gpio[2]; // GPIO TWI
int work_mode;
int storage_type; // 0:nand 1:sdcard 2:spinor
normal_gpio_cfg nand_gpio[32]; // nand GPIO
char nand_spare_data[256]; // nand
normal_gpio_cfg sdcard_gpio[32]; // sdcard GPIO
char sdcard_spare_data[256]; // sdcard
int secureos_exist;
int dtb_offset;
int reserved[4]; //256bytes align
};
struct spare_boot_ext_head
{
int data[4];
};
struct spare_boot_head_t
{
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head boot_head;
struct spare_boot_data_head boot_data;
struct spare_boot_ext_head boot_ext[16];
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
objects = script.o
edit:$(objects)
gcc -o script $(objects)
rm -rf $(objects)
clean:
rm -rf script $(objects)

@ -0,0 +1,951 @@
// script.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application.
//
#include <malloc.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "types.h"
#include "script.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <unistd.h>
__asm__(".symver memcpy ,memcpy@GLIBC_2.2.5");
int parser_script(void *pbuf, int script_len, FILE *hfile);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int IsFullName(const char *FilePath)
{
if ( FilePath[0] == '/')
{
return 1;
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void GetFullPath(char *dName, const char *sName)
{
char Buffer[MAX_PATH];
if(IsFullName(sName))
{
strcpy(dName, sName);
return ;
}
/* Get the current working directory: */
if(getcwd(Buffer, MAX_PATH ) == NULL)
{
perror( "_getcwd error" );
return ;
}
sprintf(dName, "%s/%s", Buffer, sName);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Usage(void)
{
printf("\n");
printf("Usage:\n");
printf("script.exe script file path para file path\n\n");
}
static int _get_str_length(char *str)
{
int length = 0;
while(str[length])
{
length ++;
}
return length;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int main(int argc, char* argv[])
{
//char str1[] = "D:\\winners\\eBase\\eGON\\eGON2\\workspace\\sun_20\\eFex\\sys_config1.fex";
//char str2[] = "D:\\winners\\eBase\\eGON\\eGON2\\workspace\\sun_20\\eFex\\sys_config.bin";
char str1[] = "sys_config.fex";
char str2[] = "sys_config.bin";
char src[MAX_PATH];
char dest[MAX_PATH];
FILE *dst_file = NULL;
FILE *script_file = NULL;
int ret = -1, src_length;
char *script_addr = NULL;
int script_len, i;
printf("argc = %d\n", argc);
for(i=1;i<argc;i++)
{
if(argv[i] == NULL)
{
printf("script error: input source file name is empty\n");
return __LINE__;
}
printf("input name %s\n", argv[i]);
memset(src, 0, sizeof(MAX_PATH));
memset(dest, 0, sizeof(MAX_PATH));
GetFullPath(src, argv[i]);
src_length = _get_str_length(src);
memcpy(dest, src, src_length);
dest[src_length - 0] = NULL;
dest[src_length - 1] = 'n';
dest[src_length - 2] = 'i';
dest[src_length - 3] = 'b';
printf("Script %d source file Path=%s\n", i, src);
printf("Script %d bin file Path=%s\n", i, dest);
//打开脚本文件,打不开则失败
script_file = fopen(src, "rb");
if(!script_file)
{
printf("unable to open script file %s\n", src);
goto _err_out;
}
//打开目的文件,打不开则失败
dst_file = fopen(dest, "wb");
if(!dst_file)
{
printf("unable to open dest file\n");
goto _err_out;
}
//读出脚本的数据
//首先获取脚本的长度
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_END);
script_len = ftell(script_file);
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
//读出脚本所有的内容
script_addr = (char *)malloc(script_len+1);
memset(script_addr,0,script_len+1);
if(!script_addr)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for script\n");
goto _err_out;
}
fread(script_addr, 1, script_len, script_file);
fclose(script_file);
script_file = NULL;
//对顶格书写的中括号做匹配,认为是一个数据项,标准是,在回车符号后面出现的
ret = parser_script(script_addr, script_len, dst_file);
if(ret)
{
printf("error1\n");
goto _err_out;
}
free(script_addr);
script_addr = NULL;
fclose(dst_file);
dst_file = NULL;
printf("parser %d file ok\n", i);
}
_err_out:
//退出时候的处理
if(script_addr)
{
free(script_addr);
}
if(script_file)
{
fclose(script_file);
script_file = NULL;
}
if(dst_file)
{
fclose(dst_file);
dst_file = NULL;
}
return ret;
}
#define THIS_LINE_NULL (0)
#define THIS_LINE_MAINKEY (1)
#define THIS_LINE_SUBKEY (2)
#define THIS_LINE_ERROR (-1)
//此函数返回当前行的长度,用指针返回当前的意义
/********************************************
* flag = 0 //当前是注释行,或空行
* = 1 //当前是字段行
* = 2 //当前是子项行,属于字段的下一项
* = -1 //当前行不符合规范,出错
*********************************************/
static int _get_line_status(char *daddr, int *flag, int last_len)
{
char *src;
int len;
char ch;
src = daddr;
ch = *src++;
last_len --;
switch(ch)
{
case ';': //注释行
case 0x0D: //回车行
{
*flag = THIS_LINE_NULL;
}
break;
case '[': //主键行
{
*flag = THIS_LINE_MAINKEY;
break;
}
default: //子键行
{
*flag = THIS_LINE_SUBKEY;
break;
}
}
len = 1;
ch = *src++;
while((ch != 0x0A) && (last_len > len)) //只要不是换行符号,继续查找
{
ch = *src++;
len ++;
if(len >= 512)
{
*flag = THIS_LINE_ERROR;
return 0;
}
}
return len + 1;
}
//查找出主键的字符串名称
static int _fill_line_mainkey(char *pbuf, script_item_t *item)
{
char *src;
char ch, i;
i = 0;
src = pbuf + 1; //跳过 【
ch = *src++;
while(']' != ch)
{
item->item_name[i] = ch;
i++;
ch = *src++;
if(i >= ITEM_MAIN_NAME_MAX)
{
item->item_name[i-1] = 0;
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int _get_item_value(char *pbuf, char *name, char *value)
{
char *src, *dstname, *dstvalue;
int len;
src = pbuf;
dstname = name;
dstvalue = value;
len = 0;
//首先检查整行字符的合法性
while(1)
{
//如果一开始遇到空格或者TAB则移动指针直到找到一个合法字符为止
if((*src == ' ') || (*src == 0x09))
{
src ++;
}
//如果什么都没有找到,则直接返回
else if((*src == 0x0D) || (*src == 0x0A))
{
dstname[0] = '\0';
dstvalue[0] = '\0';
return 0;
}
else
{
break;
}
}
//已经找到一个合法字符继续找直到寻找到等号去除尾部的空格或者TAB
while(*src != '=')
{
dstname[len ++] = *src;
src ++;
if(len >= 31)
{
dstname[len] = '\0';
break;
}
}
while(1)
{
len --;
if((dstname[len] == ' ') || (dstname[len] == 0x09))
{
dstname[len] = '\0';
}
else
{
dstname[len + 1] = '\0';
break;
}
}
while(*src != '=')
{
src ++;
}
src++;
len = 0;
//首先检查整行字符的合法性
while(1)
{
//如果一开始遇到空格或者TAB则移动指针直到找到一个合法字符为止
if((*src == ' ') || (*src == 0x09))
{
src ++;
}
//如果什么都没有找到,则直接返回
else if((*src == 0x0D) || (*src == 0x0A))
{
dstvalue[0] = '\0';
return 0;
}
else
{
break;
}
}
//已经找到一个合法字符继续找直到寻找到等号去除尾部的空格或者TAB
while((*src != 0x0D) && (*src != 0x0A))
{
dstvalue[len ++] = *src;
src ++;
if(len >= 127)
{
dstvalue[len] = '\0';
break;
}
}
while(1)
{
len --;
if((dstvalue[len] == ' ') || (dstvalue[len] == 0x09))
{
dstvalue[len] = '\0';
}
else
{
dstvalue[len + 1] = '\0';
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
//此函数转换字符数据称为整型数据包括10进制和16进制
//转换结果存在在value中返回值标志转换成功或者失败
static int _get_str2int(char *saddr, int value[] )
{
char *src;
char off, ch;
unsigned int tmp_value = 0;
int data_count, i;
char tmp_str[128];
int sign = 1;
data_count = 2;
src = saddr;
off = 0; //0代表10进制1代表16进制
if(!strncmp(src, "port:", 5))
{
if((src[5] == 'P') || (src[5] == 'p'))
{
off = 3; //表示是端口描述符号
src += 6;
}
}
else if(!strncmp(src, "string:", 7))
{
off = 0;
src += 7;
}
else if(src[0] == '"')
{
off = 5;
src += 1;
}
else if((src[0] == '0') && ((src[1] == 'x') || (src[1] == 'X'))) //十六进制
{
src += 2;
off = 2;
}
else if((src[0] >= '0') && (src[0] <= '9')) //十进制
{
off = 1;
}
else if(((src[1] >= '0') && (src[1] <= '9')) && (src[0] == '-'))
{
src ++;
off = 1;
sign = -1;
}
else if(src[0] == '\0')
{
src++;
off = 4;
}
//表示是字符串
if(off == 0)
{
data_count = 0;
while(src[data_count] != '\0')
{
data_count ++;
if(data_count > 127)
{
break;
}
}
if(data_count & 0x03) //要求四字节对齐
{
data_count = (data_count & (~0x03)) + 4;
}
else
{
data_count = data_count + 4;
}
value[0] = data_count>>2;
if(saddr != src)
{
value[1] = 0;
}
else
{
value[1] = 1;
}
return DATA_TYPE_STRING;
}
else if(off == 5) //表示是字符串
{
data_count = 0;
while(src[data_count] != '"')
{
data_count ++;
if(data_count > 127)
{
break;
}
}
src[data_count] = '\0';
if(data_count & 0x03) //要求四字节对齐
{
data_count = (data_count & (~0x03)) + 4;
}
else
{
data_count = data_count + 4;
}
value[0] = data_count>>2;
value[1] = 5;
return DATA_TYPE_STRING;
}
else if(off == 1)
{
while(*src != '\0')
{
if((*src >= '0') && (*src <= '9'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 10 + (*src - '0');
src ++;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
value[0] = tmp_value * sign;
return DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD;
}
else if(off == 2)
{
while(*src != '\0')
{
if((*src >= '0') && (*src <= '9'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 16 + (*src - '0');
src ++;
}
else if((*src >= 'A') && (*src <= 'F'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 16 + (*src - 'A' + 10);
src ++;
}
else if((*src >= 'a') && (*src <= 'f'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 16 + (*src - 'a' + 10);
src ++;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
value[0] = tmp_value;
return DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD;
}
else if(off == 3) //表示是GPIO信息必须按照标准格式对齐 端口编号端口引脚编号mult-drivingpulldriving-leveldata共6个word
{
//获取字符编组信息:编组
int tmp_flag = 0;
ch = *src++;
if((ch == 'o') || (ch == 'O')) //用1代表A组2代表B组依次类推用0xffff代表POWER按键
{
ch = src[0];
if((ch == 'w') || (ch == 'W'))
{
ch = src[1];
if((ch == 'e') || (ch == 'E'))
{
ch = src[2];
if((ch == 'r') || (ch == 'R'))
{
//确定是POWER按键
value[0] = 0xffff;
src += 3;
tmp_flag = 1;
}
}
}
}
if(!tmp_flag)
{
if((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'Z'))
{
value[0] = ch - 'A' + 1;
}
else if((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'z'))
{
value[0] = ch - 'a' + 1;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
//获取字符编组信息:组内序号
//第一个版本,不支持自动获取参数
ch = *src++;
tmp_value = 0;
while(ch != '<')
{
if((ch >= '0') && (ch <= '9'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 10 + (ch - '0');
ch = *src++;
}
else if(ch == 0)
{
src --;
break;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
value[1] = tmp_value;
//开始遍历所有的尖括号
ch = *src++;
while(ch != '\0')
{
i = 0;
memset(tmp_str, 0, sizeof(tmp_str));
while(ch != '>') //如果是数字
{
if((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'Z'))
{
ch += 'a' - 'A';
}
tmp_str[i++] = ch;
ch = *src++;
}
tmp_str[i] = '\0';
//比较字符串
if(!strcmp(tmp_str, "default"))
{
value[data_count] = -1;
}
else if(!strcmp(tmp_str, "none"))
{
value[data_count] = -1;
}
else if(!strcmp(tmp_str, "null"))
{
value[data_count] = -1;
}
else if(!strcmp(tmp_str, "-1"))
{
value[data_count] = -1;
}
else
{
i = 0;
ch = tmp_str[i++];
tmp_value = 0;
if(ch == '-')
{
sign = -1;
ch = tmp_str[i++];
}
while(ch != '\0')
{
if((ch >= '0') && (ch <= '9'))
{
tmp_value = tmp_value * 10 + (ch - '0');
}
else
{
return -1;
}
ch = tmp_str[i++];
}
value[data_count] = tmp_value * sign;
}
data_count ++;
ch = *src++;
if(ch == '<')
{
ch = *src++;
}
else if(ch == '\0')
{
;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
switch(data_count)
{
case 3:
value[3] = -1; // 上拉能力
case 4:
value[4] = -1; // 驱动能力
case 5:
value[5] = -1; // 输出端口
case 6:
break;
default:
return -1;
}
return DATA_TYPE_GPIO;
}
else if(off == 4)
{
value[0] = 4>>2;
return DATA_EMPTY;
}
else
{
return -1;
}
}
//算法:一行一行的查找
// 查找到冒号,直接认为是注释行,然后找到回车换行符号,找到下一行去 (语法规则)
// 查找到'['(左中括号),认为是一个主键(记为A主键),找出中括号中间的字符串,以及右中括号
// 找到下面的字符以及数据,依次存放在一块内存中
// 直到找到后面的主键(B主键)然后认为A主键查找完毕
// 把A主键下的所有数据按照从键名键值的顺序排列存放在另一个内存块中
// 记录A主键的长度(从键的个数)记录A主键下的数据存放在内存中的偏移量
#define TIEM_MAIN_MAX 128
int parser_script(void *pbuf, int script_len, FILE *hfile)
{
int ret = -1;
char *src, *dest = NULL, *tmp_dest;
int *dest_data = NULL, *tmp_dest_data, dest_data_index;
int line_len, line_status;
int new_main_key_flag = 0, sub_value_index = 0;
script_item_t item_table[TIEM_MAIN_MAX];
char sub_name[128], sub_value[128];
int value[8];
unsigned int i, main_key_index = 0;
script_head_t script_head;
src = (char *)pbuf;
//申请字段空间
dest = (char *)malloc(512 * 1024);
if(!dest)
{
printf("fail to get memory for script storage key\n");
goto _err;
}
memset(dest, 0, 512 * 1024);
tmp_dest = dest;
//申请数据空间
dest_data = (int *)malloc(512 * 1024);
if(!dest_data)
{
printf("fail to get memory for script storage data\n");
goto _err;
}
memset(dest_data, 0, 512 * 1024);
dest_data_index = 0;
tmp_dest_data = dest_data;
memset(item_table, 0, TIEM_MAIN_MAX * sizeof(script_item_t));
while(script_len)
{
line_len = _get_line_status(src, &line_status, script_len);//判断当前行的状态
script_len -= line_len;
switch(line_status)
{
case THIS_LINE_NULL: //注释行
{
break;
}
case THIS_LINE_MAINKEY: //主键行
{
if(_fill_line_mainkey(src, &item_table[main_key_index])) //获取一个主键,立刻保存主键的相关信息
{
goto _err;
}
if(!new_main_key_flag)
{
new_main_key_flag = 1;
item_table[main_key_index].item_offset = 0;
}
else
{
item_table[main_key_index].item_offset = item_table[main_key_index - 1].item_offset + item_table[main_key_index - 1].item_length * 10;
}
main_key_index ++;
break;
}
case THIS_LINE_SUBKEY: //子键行,和前面的主键对应
{
if(!new_main_key_flag)
{
break;
}
if(_get_item_value(src, sub_name, sub_value)) //转换把等号左方的存在到sub_nam等号右方的存放到sub_value都是字符串形式
{
goto _err;
}
//等号左方的直接放到内存中按照最长32个字节的截取32个字节不足32个字节的补齐后占用32个字节
//后面4个字节用于存放对应数据的偏移量
strcpy(tmp_dest, sub_name);
tmp_dest += ITEM_MAIN_NAME_MAX;
//右方数据存放到另一块内存中
ret = _get_str2int(sub_value, value);
if(ret == -1) //数据错误
{
goto _err;
}
else if(ret == DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD) //数据正确并且是普通数据10进制或者16进制
{
*tmp_dest_data = value[0];
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = dest_data_index;
tmp_dest += 4;
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = (1 << 0) | (DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD << 16); //该子键的长度1 word类型为1普通数据类型
tmp_dest_data ++;
dest_data_index ++;
}
else if(ret == DATA_EMPTY)
{
*((int *)tmp_dest) = dest_data_index;
tmp_dest += 4;
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = (value[0] << 0) | (DATA_EMPTY << 16); //该子键的长度value word类型为2字符串类型
tmp_dest_data += value[0];
dest_data_index += value[0];
}
else if(ret == DATA_TYPE_STRING)
{
*((int *)tmp_dest) = dest_data_index;
if(value[1] == 0)
{
strncpy((char *)tmp_dest_data, sub_value + sizeof("string:") - 1, value[0]<<2);
}
else if(value[1] == 1)
{
strncpy((char *)tmp_dest_data,sub_value,value[0]<<2);
}
else
{
strncpy((char *)tmp_dest_data, sub_value + 1, value[0]<<2);
}
tmp_dest += 4;
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = (value[0] << 0) | (DATA_TYPE_STRING << 16); //该子键的长度value word类型为2字符串类型
tmp_dest_data += value[0];
dest_data_index += value[0];
}
else if(ret == DATA_TYPE_GPIO) //转换出多个字节数据
{
for(i=0;i<6;i++)
{
*(tmp_dest_data ++) = value[i];
}
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = dest_data_index;
tmp_dest += 4;
*((unsigned int *)tmp_dest) = (6 << 0) | (DATA_TYPE_GPIO << 16); //该子键的长度ret word类型为3多字节数据类型
dest_data_index += 6;
}
else if(ret == DATA_TYPE_MULTI_WORD)
{
;
}
sub_value_index ++;
tmp_dest += 4;
item_table[main_key_index - 1].item_length ++;
break;
}
default:
{
goto _err;
}
}
src += line_len;
}
//保存所有的数据到文件中
if(!main_key_index)
{
goto _err;
}
//校正主键的第一个子键的偏移,全部加上所有主键引起的偏移,注意是整型单位
for(i=0;i<main_key_index;i++)
{
item_table[i].item_offset += ((sizeof(script_item_t) * main_key_index) >> 2) + (sizeof(script_head_t) >> 2);
}
//校正每个子键的偏移,全部加上所有主键引起偏移和所有子键名称引起的偏移,注意是整型单位
{
src = dest;
i = 0;
while(i < sub_value_index * 10 * sizeof(int))
{
src += ITEM_MAIN_NAME_MAX;
*(unsigned int *)src += ((sizeof(script_item_t) * main_key_index) >> 2) + (sub_value_index * 10) + (sizeof(script_head_t)>>2);
i += 10 * sizeof(int);
src += 8;
}
}
script_head.item_num = main_key_index;
script_head.length = sizeof(script_head_t) + sizeof(script_item_t) * main_key_index +
sub_value_index * 10 * sizeof(int) + dest_data_index * sizeof(int);
script_head.version[0] = 1;
script_head.version[1] = 2;
fwrite(&script_head, 1, sizeof(script_head_t), hfile);
fwrite(item_table, 1, sizeof(script_item_t) * main_key_index, hfile); //保存所有的主键项目
fwrite(dest, 1, sub_value_index * 10 * sizeof(int), hfile); //保存子键名称项目
fwrite(dest_data, 1, dest_data_index * sizeof(int), hfile); //保存所有的子键数值项目
_err:
if(dest)
{
free(dest);
}
if(dest_data)
{
free(dest_data);
}
ret = ((ret >= 0) ? 0: -1);
return ret;
}

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
#ifndef _SCRIPT_H_
#define _SCRIPT_H_
#define MAX_PATH 260
#define ITEM_MAIN_NAME_MAX 32
#define DATA_COUNT_MAX (4)
#define DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD (1)
#define DATA_TYPE_STRING (2)
#define DATA_TYPE_MULTI_WORD (3)
#define DATA_TYPE_GPIO (4)
#define DATA_EMPTY (5)
typedef struct _script_item
{
char item_name[ITEM_MAIN_NAME_MAX]; //主键名称
int item_length; //主键成员的个数
int item_offset; //主键成员开始的偏移量
}
script_item_t;
typedef struct _script_head
{
unsigned item_num;
unsigned length;
unsigned version[2];
}
script_head_t;
#endif //_SCRIPT_H_

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* eGon
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
* eGON arm boot sub-system
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2010, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File : types.h
*
* By : Jerry
*
* Version : V2.00
*
* Date :
*
* Descript:
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __TYPES_H_
#define __TYPES_H_ 1
//#define NULL 0 /* Ö¸Õë¿Õ */
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* DATA TYPES
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
//**************************************************
//normal typedef
/*
typedef unsigned __int64 __u64;
typedef unsigned __int64 u64;
typedef signed __int64 __s64;
typedef signed __int64 s64;
*/
typedef unsigned int __u32;
typedef unsigned int u32;
typedef signed int __s32;
typedef signed int s32;
typedef unsigned short __u16;
typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef signed short __s16;
typedef signed short s16;
typedef unsigned char __u8;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef signed char __s8;
typedef signed char s8;
typedef signed char __bool;
typedef signed char __Bool;
typedef unsigned int __stk; /* Each stack entry is 32-bit wide */
typedef unsigned int __cpu_sr; /* Define size of CPU status register (PSR = 32 bits) */
typedef float __fp32; /* Single precision floating point */
typedef double __fp64; /* Double precision floating point */
typedef unsigned int __hdle;
//typedef unsigned int __size;
//typedef unsigned int __size_t;
typedef unsigned int __sector_t;
typedef unsigned char u_char;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned long u_long;
/* sysv */
typedef unsigned char unchar;
typedef unsigned short ushort;
typedef unsigned int uint;
typedef unsigned long ulong;
typedef __u8 uint8_t;
typedef __u16 uint16_t;
typedef __u32 uint32_t;
#define eGON2_OK (0)
#define eGON2_FAIL (-1)
#undef _set_bit
#define _set_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) |= ( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef set_bit
#define set_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) |= ( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef _clear_bit
#define _clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) &= ~( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef clear_bit
#define clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) &= ~( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef _set_bit
#define _set_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) |= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef set_bit
#define set_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) |= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _clear_bit
#define _clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) &= ~( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef clear_bit
#define clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) &= ~( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _reverse_bit
#define _reverse_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) ^= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef reverse_bit
#define reverse_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) ^= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _test_bit
#define _test_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) & ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef test_bit
#define test_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) & ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _min
#define _min( x, y ) ( (x) < (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef min
#define min( x, y ) ( (x) < (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef _max
#define _max( x, y ) ( (x) > (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef max
#define max( x, y ) ( (x) > (y) ? (x) : (y) )
/* È¡¾ø¶ÔÖµ */
#undef _absolute
#define _absolute(p) ((p) > 0 ? (p) : -(p))
#undef absolute
#define absolute(p) ((p) > 0 ? (p) : -(p))
#ifndef SZ_1K
#define SZ_512 0x00000200U
#define SZ_1K 0x00000400U
#define SZ_2K 0x00000800U
#define SZ_4K 0x00001000U
#define SZ_8K 0x00002000U
#define SZ_16K 0x00004000U
#define SZ_32K 0x00008000U
#define SZ_64K 0x00010000U
#define SZ_128K 0x00020000U
#define SZ_256K 0x00040000U
#define SZ_512K 0x00080000U
#define SZ_1M 0x00100000U
#define SZ_2M 0x00200000U
#define SZ_4M 0x00400000U
#define SZ_8M 0x00800000U
#define SZ_16M 0x01000000U
#define SZ_32M 0x02000000U
#define SZ_64M 0x04000000U
#define SZ_128M 0x08000000U
#define SZ_256M 0x10000000U
#define SZ_512M 0x20000000U
#define SZ_1G 0x40000000U
#define SZ_2G 0x80000000U
#define SZ_4G 0x0100000000ULL
#define SZ_8G 0x0200000000ULL
#define SZ_16G 0x0400000000ULL
#define SZ_32G 0x0800000000ULL
#define SZ_64G 0x1000000000ULL
#endif
#endif /*#ifndef __TYPES_H_*/

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
************************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : boot0.h
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2009.05.21
*
* Description :
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2009.05.21 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __boot0_v2_h
#define __boot0_v2_h
#include "egon_def.h"
#include "egon_i.h"
#define UBOOT_BASE 0x4a000000
#define BOOT0_START_BLK_NUM 0
#define BLKS_FOR_BOOT0 2
#define BOOT0_LAST_BLK_NUM ( BOOT0_START_BLK_NUM + BLKS_FOR_BOOT0 - 1 )
#define BOOT0_SPI_NOR_START_ADDR 0 // add for spi nor. by Gary,2009-12-8 11:47:17
#define SPI_NOR_SIZE_FOR_BOOT0 SZ_64K // add for spi nor. by Gary,2009-12-8 11:47:17
#define BOOT0_MAGIC "eGON.BT0"
#define BOOT0_START_PAGE_NUM 0 // add for 1618
#define BOOT0_PAGE_ADVANCE 64 // add for 1618
#define BOOT0_PAGES_MAX_COUNT ( BLKS_FOR_BOOT0 * 256 ) // add for 1618
#define BOOT0_PAGE_SIZE SZ_1K // add for 1618
#define BOOT0_PAGE_SIZE_BIT_WIDTH 10 // add for 1618
#define BOOT0_23_START_PAGE_NUM 0 // add for 1623
#define BOOT0_23_PAGE_ADVANCE 64 // add for 1623
#define BOOT0_23_PAGES_MAX_COUNT ( BOOT0_23_PAGE_ADVANCE * 8 ) // add for 1623
//#define BOOT0_23_PAGE_SIZE SZ_1K // add for 1623
#define BOOT0_23_PAGE_SIZE_BIT_WIDTH 10 // add for 1623
//以下是提供给SDMMC卡使用固定不可改变
#define BOOT0_SDMMC_START_ADDR 16
typedef struct _boot_sdcard_info_t
{
__s32 card_ctrl_num; //总共的卡的个数
__s32 boot_offset; //指定卡启动之后,逻辑和物理分区的管理
__s32 card_no[4]; //当前启动的卡号, 16-31:GPIO编号0-15:实际卡控制器编号
__s32 speed_mode[4]; //卡的速度模式0低速其它高速
__s32 line_sel[4]; //卡的线制0: 1线其它4线
__s32 line_count[4]; //卡使用线的个数
}
boot_sdcard_info_t;
/******************************************************************************/
/* file head of Boot0 */
/******************************************************************************/
typedef struct _boot0_private_head_t
{
__u32 prvt_head_size;
char prvt_head_vsn[4]; // the version of boot0_private_head_t
boot_dram_para_t dram_para; // DRAM patameters for initialising dram. Original values is arbitrary,
__s32 uart_port; // UART控制器编号
normal_gpio_cfg uart_ctrl[2]; // UART控制器(调试打印口)数据信息
__s32 enable_jtag; // 1 : enable, 0 : disable
normal_gpio_cfg jtag_gpio[5]; // 保存JTAG的全部GPIO信息
normal_gpio_cfg storage_gpio[32]; // 存储设备 GPIO信息
char storage_data[512 - sizeof(normal_gpio_cfg) * 32]; // 用户保留数据信息
//boot_nand_connect_info_t nand_connect_info;
}boot0_private_head_t;
typedef struct _boot0_file_head_t
{
boot_file_head_t boot_head;
boot0_private_head_t prvt_head;
}boot0_file_head_t;
#endif // ifndef __boot0_h
/* end of boot0.h */

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
************************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : check.c
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2007.10.12
*
* Description : This file provides a function to check Boot0 and Boot1.
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2007.10.12 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#include "check.h"
#include "spare_head.h"
//#pragma arm section code="check_magic"
/********************************************************************************
*: check_magic
*: __s32 check_magic( __u32 *mem_base, const char *magic )
*: 使
*: mem_base Boot文件在内存中的起始地址
* magic Boot的magic
* : CHECK_IS_CORRECT
* CHECK_IS_WRONG
* :
********************************************************************************/
__s32 check_magic( __u32 *mem_base, const char *magic )
{
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *bfh;
unsigned char *p;
bfh = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)mem_base;
p = bfh->magic;
if(strcmp((const char *)p, magic))
{
return CHECK_IS_WRONG;
}
return CHECK_IS_CORRECT;
}
/********************************************************************************
*: check_sum
*: __s32 check_sum( __u32 *mem_base, __u32 size, const char *magic )
*: 使
*: mem_base 4
* size 4
* : CHECK_IS_CORRECT
* CHECK_IS_WRONG
* :
********************************************************************************/
__s32 check_sum( __u32 *mem_base, __u32 size )
{
__u32 *buf;
__u32 count;
__u32 src_sum;
__u32 sum;
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *bfh;
bfh = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)mem_base;
/* 生成校验和 */
src_sum = bfh->check_sum; // 从Boot_file_head中的“check_sum”字段取出校验和
bfh->check_sum = STAMP_VALUE; // 将STAMP_VALUE写入Boot_file_head中的“check_sum”字段
count = size >> 2; // 以 字4bytes为单位计数
sum = 0;
buf = (__u32 *)mem_base;
do
{
sum += *buf++; // 依次累加,求得校验和
sum += *buf++; // 依次累加,求得校验和
sum += *buf++; // 依次累加,求得校验和
sum += *buf++; // 依次累加,求得校验和
}while( ( count -= 4 ) > (4-1) );
while( count-- > 0 )
sum += *buf++;
bfh->check_sum = src_sum; // 恢复Boot_file_head中的“check_sum”字段的值
if( sum == src_sum )
return CHECK_IS_CORRECT; // 校验成功
else
return CHECK_IS_WRONG; // 校验失败
}
/********************************************************************************
*: check_file
*: __s32 check_file( __u32 *mem_base, __u32 size, const char *magic )
*: 使
*: mem_base 4
* size 4
* magic magic number,
* : CHECK_IS_CORRECT
* CHECK_IS_WRONG
* :
********************************************************************************/
__s32 check_file( __u32 *mem_base, __u32 size, const char *magic )
{
if( check_magic( mem_base, magic ) == CHECK_IS_CORRECT
&&check_sum( mem_base, size ) == CHECK_IS_CORRECT )
return CHECK_IS_CORRECT;
else
return CHECK_IS_WRONG;
}
__s32 gen_check_sum( void *boot_buf )
{
struct spare_boot_head_t *head_p;
__u32 length;
__u32 *buf;
__u32 loop;
__u32 i;
__u32 sum;
head_p = (struct spare_boot_head_t *)boot_buf;
length = head_p->boot_head.length;
if( ( length & 0x3 ) != 0 ) // must 4-byte-aligned
return -1;
buf = (__u32 *)boot_buf;
head_p->boot_head.check_sum = STAMP_VALUE; // fill stamp
loop = length >> 2;
/* 计算当前文件内容的“校验和”*/
for( i = 0, sum = 0; i < loop; i++ )
sum += buf[i];
/* write back check sum */
head_p->boot_head.check_sum = sum;
return 0;
return 0;
}

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*
******************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : check.h
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2007.10.12
*
* Description £ºThis file provides a function to check Boot0 and Boot1.
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2007.10.12 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __script_check_h
#define __script_check_h
#include "types.h"
#define CHECK_IS_WRONG 1
#define CHECK_IS_CORRECT 0
extern __s32 check_file ( __u32 *mem_base, __u32 size, const char *magic );
extern __s32 gen_check_sum( void *boot_buf );
#endif // end of #ifndef __check_h
/* end of check.h */

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
/*
************************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : egon_def.h
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2009.05.21
*
* Description :
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2009.05.21 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __egon_def_h
#define __egon_def_h
#include "egon_mem_distribute.h"
#define BOOT_PUB_HEAD_VERSION "1100" // X.X.XX
#define EGON_VERSION "1100" // X.X.XX
#define SUNII_PLATFORM_VALUE "SUNII"
#ifndef PLATFORM
#define PLATFORM SUNII_PLATFORM_VALUE
#endif
#define EGON2_DRAM_BASE 0x40000000
#define EGON2_DRAM_SIZE 0x02000000
#define EGON2_SRAM_BASE 0x0
#define EGON2_SRAM_SIZE ( 32 * 1024 )
#define EGON2_RESET_BASE 0xFFFF0000
#define EGON2_MMU_BASE 0x20000
#define EGON2_REGS_BASE 0x01c00000
#define EGON2_REGS_SIZE 0x02000000
#define NF_ALIGN_SIZE SZ_8K
#define SF_ALIGN_SIZE 512 // change 256 to 512. by Gary, 2009-12-10 11:46:51
#define IE_ALIGN_SIZE 512 // change 64 to 512. by Gary, 2009-12-10 11:46:51
#define SPI_NOR_SCT_SIZE 512 // add for spi nor. by Gary,2009-12-8 11:47:17
#define SPI_NOR_SCT_SIZE_WIDTH 9 // add for spi nor. by Gary,2009-12-8 11:47:17
#define BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#define BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE_WIDTH 9
#define MASK_TOTAL 0x80000000
#define DEFAULT_VALUE 0x0
#define STAMP_VALUE 0x5F0A6C39
#define BOOT0_BASE ( EGON2_SRAM_BASE )
#define BOOT1_BASE ( EGON2_DRAM_BASE + EGON2_BOOT1_OFFSET )
#define FEL_BASE ( EGON2_RESET_BASE + 0x20 )
#define SCRIPT_BASE ( BOOT1_BASE + 0x00B00000 )
//通用的和GPIO相关的数据结构
typedef struct _normal_gpio_cfg
{
__u8 port; //端口号
__u8 port_num; //端口内编号
__s8 mul_sel; //功能编号
__s8 pull; //电阻状态
__s8 drv_level; //驱动驱动能力
__s8 data; //输出电平
__u8 reserved[2]; //保留位,保证对齐
}
normal_gpio_cfg;
/*
typedef enum __DRAM_TYPE
{
DRAM_TYPE_DDR =1,
DRAM_TYPE_DDR2 =2,
DRAM_TYPE_DDR3 =3
}__dram_type_e;
*/
typedef struct _boot_dram_para_t
{
__u32 dram_baseaddr;
__u32 dram_clk;
__u32 dram_type;
__u32 dram_rank_num;
__u32 dram_chip_density;
__u32 dram_io_width;
__u32 dram_bus_width;
__u32 dram_cas;
__u32 dram_zq;
__u32 dram_odt_en;
__u32 dram_size;
__u32 dram_tpr0;
__u32 dram_tpr1;
__u32 dram_tpr2;
__u32 dram_tpr3;
__u32 dram_tpr4;
__u32 dram_tpr5;
__u32 dram_emr1;
__u32 dram_emr2;
__u32 dram_emr3;
}boot_dram_para_t;
/******************************************************************************/
/* file head of Boot */
/******************************************************************************/
typedef struct _Boot_file_head
{
__u32 jump_instruction; // one intruction jumping to real code
__u8 magic[8]; // ="eGON.BT0" or "eGON.BT1", not C-style string.
__u32 check_sum; // generated by PC
__u32 length; // generated by PC
__u32 pub_head_size; // the size of boot_file_head_t
__u8 pub_head_vsn[4]; // the version of boot_file_head_t
__u8 file_head_vsn[4]; // the version of boot0_file_head_t or boot1_file_head_t
__u8 Boot_vsn[4]; // Boot version
__u8 eGON_vsn[4]; // eGON version
__u8 platform[8]; // platform information
}boot_file_head_t;
typedef struct _boot_para_info_t
{
__u8 blkmagic[16]; // "ePDK-Magic-Block", not C-style string.
__u8 magic[8];
__u8 eGON_vsn[4]; // eGON version
__u8 Boot_vsn[4]; // Boot version
__u32 reserved[20];
}boot_para_info_t;
#endif // ifndef __egon_def_h
/* end of egon_def.h */

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
************************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : egon_i.h
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2009.05.21
*
* Description :
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2009.05.21 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __egon_i_h
#define __egon_i_h
#define EPDK_CHIP_BDD0 0
#define EPDK_CHIP_AF0B 1
#define EPDK_CHIP_AF0C 2
#define EPDK_CHIP_AFA0 3
#define EPDK_CHIP_AFAA 4
#define BOOT0_IN_NF // BOOT0_IN_NF, BOOT0_IN_SF, BOOT0_IN_IE
#define BOOT1_IN_NF // BOOT1_IN_NF, BOOT1_IN_SF, BOOT1_IN_IE
#define KENEL_IN_NF // KENEL_IN_RAM, KENEL_IN_NF
#if SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_NAND_FLASH
#define BOOT0_ALIGN_SIZE NF_ALIGN_SIZE
#elif SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_SPI_NOR_FLASH
#define BOOT0_ALIGN_SIZE BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE
#elif SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_SD_CARD
#define BOOT0_ALIGN_SIZE BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE
#else
#error The storage media has not been defined.
#endif
#if SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_NAND_FLASH
#define BOOT1_ALIGN_SIZE NF_ALIGN_SIZE
#elif SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_SPI_NOR_FLASH
#define BOOT1_ALIGN_SIZE BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE
#elif SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_TYPE == SYS_STORAGE_MEDIA_SD_CARD
#define BOOT1_ALIGN_SIZE BOOT_SECTOR_SIZE
#else
#error The storage media has not been defined.
#endif
#define BOOT_PUB_HEAD_VERSION "1100" // X.X.XX
#define EGON_VERSION "1100" // X.X.XX
#endif // ifndef __egon_i_h
/* end of egon_i.h */

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/*
************************************************************************************************************************
* eGON
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2008, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File Name : egon_def.h
*
* Author : Gary.Wang
*
* Version : 1.1.0
*
* Date : 2009.05.21
*
* Description :
*
* Others : None at present.
*
*
* History :
*
* <Author> <time> <version> <description>
*
* Gary.Wang 2009.05.21 1.1.0 build the file
*
************************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __egon_mem_distribute_h
#define __egon_mem_distribute_h
//#define EGON2_BOOT1_OFFSET (SZ_4M) //4M
#define EGON2_BOOT1_OFFSET (0x02400000)
#endif // ifndef __egon_mem_distribute_h
/* end of egon_mem_distribute.h */

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
objects = check.o script.o update_uboot.o
edit:$(objects)
gcc -o update_uboot $(objects) -static
rm -rf $(objects)
clean:
rm -rf update_uboot $(objects)

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* eGon
* the Embedded System
* script parser sub-system
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2010, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File : script.c
*
* By : Jerry
*
* Version : V2.00
*
* Date :
*
* Descript:
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
#include "script.h"
#include "string.h"
static char *script_mod_buf = NULL; //指向第一个主键
static int script_main_key_count = 0; //保存主键的个数
static int _test_str_length(char *str)
{
int length = 0;
while(str[length++])
{
if(length > 32)
{
length = 32;
break;
}
}
return length;
}
/*
************************************************************************************************************
*
* script_parser_init
*
*
*
* script_buf:
*
*
*
*
*
*
************************************************************************************************************
*/
int script_parser_init(char *script_buf)
{
script_head_t *script_head;
if(script_buf)
{
script_mod_buf = script_buf;
script_head = (script_head_t *)script_mod_buf;
script_main_key_count = script_head->main_key_count;
return SCRIPT_PARSER_OK;
}
else
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_EMPTY_BUFFER;
}
}
/*
************************************************************************************************************
*
* script_parser_exit
*
*
*
* NULL
*
*
*
*
*
*
************************************************************************************************************
*/
int script_parser_exit(void)
{
script_mod_buf = NULL;
script_main_key_count = 0;
return SCRIPT_PARSER_OK;
}
/*
************************************************************************************************************
*
* script_parser_fetch
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
************************************************************************************************************
*/
int script_parser_fetch(char *main_name, char *sub_name, int value[])
{
char main_char[32], sub_char[32];
script_main_key_t *main_key;
script_sub_key_t *sub_key;
int i, j;
int pattern, word_count;
script_gpio_set_t *user_gpio_cfg;
//检查脚本buffer是否存在
if(!script_mod_buf)
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_EMPTY_BUFFER;
}
//检查主键名称和子键名称是否为空
if((main_name == NULL) || (sub_name == NULL))
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_KEYNAME_NULL;
}
//检查数据buffer是否为空
if(value == NULL)
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_DATA_VALUE_NULL;
}
//保存主键名称和子键名称如果超过16字节则截取16字节
memset(main_char, 0, sizeof(main_char));
memset(sub_char, 0, sizeof(sub_char));
if(_test_str_length(main_name) <= 32)
{
strcpy(main_char, main_name);
}
else
{
strncpy(main_char, main_name, 31);
}
if(_test_str_length(sub_name) <= 32)
{
strcpy(sub_char, sub_name);
}
else
{
strncpy(sub_char, sub_name, 31);
}
for(i=0;i<script_main_key_count;i++)
{
main_key = (script_main_key_t *)(script_mod_buf + (sizeof(script_head_t)) + i * sizeof(script_main_key_t));
if(strcmp(main_key->main_name, main_char)) //如果主键不匹配,寻找下一个主键
{
continue;
}
//主键匹配,寻找子键名称匹配
for(j=0;j<main_key->lenth;j++)
{
sub_key = (script_sub_key_t *)(script_mod_buf + (main_key->offset<<2) + (j * sizeof(script_sub_key_t)));
if(strcmp(sub_key->sub_name, sub_char)) //如果主键不匹配,寻找下一个主键
{
continue;
}
pattern = (sub_key->pattern>>16) & 0xffff; //获取数据的类型
word_count = (sub_key->pattern>> 0) & 0xffff; //获取所占用的word个数
//取出数据
switch(pattern)
{
case DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD: //单word数据类型
value[0] = *(int *)(script_mod_buf + (sub_key->offset<<2));
break;
case DATA_TYPE_STRING: //字符串数据类型
memcpy((char *)value, script_mod_buf + (sub_key->offset<<2), word_count << 2);
break;
case DATA_TYPE_GPIO_WORD: //多word数据类型
user_gpio_cfg = (script_gpio_set_t *)value;
//发现是GPIO类型检查是否足够存放用户数据
strcpy( user_gpio_cfg->gpio_name, sub_char);
memcpy(&user_gpio_cfg->port, script_mod_buf + (sub_key->offset<<2), sizeof(script_gpio_set_t) - 32);
break;
}
return SCRIPT_PARSER_OK;
}
}
return SCRIPT_PARSER_KEY_NOT_FIND;
}
/*
************************************************************************************************************
*
* script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* GPIO的配置信息
*
*
************************************************************************************************************
*/
int script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg(char *main_name, void *gpio_cfg, int gpio_count)
{
char main_bkname[32];
char *main_char;
script_main_key_t *main_key = NULL;
script_sub_key_t *sub_key = NULL;
script_gpio_set_t *user_gpio_cfg = (script_gpio_set_t *)gpio_cfg;
int i, j;
int pattern, user_index;
//检查脚本buffer是否存在
if(!script_mod_buf)
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_EMPTY_BUFFER;
}
//检查主键名称和子键名称是否为空
if(main_name == NULL)
{
return SCRIPT_PARSER_KEYNAME_NULL;
}
//首先清空用户buffer
memset(user_gpio_cfg, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t) * gpio_count);
//保存主键名称和子键名称如果超过31字节则截取31字节
main_char = main_name;
if(_test_str_length(main_name) > 31)
{
memset(main_bkname, 0, 32);
strncpy(main_bkname, main_name, 31);
main_char = main_bkname;
}
for(i=0;i<script_main_key_count;i++)
{
main_key = (script_main_key_t *)(script_mod_buf + (sizeof(script_head_t)) + i * sizeof(script_main_key_t));
if(strcmp(main_key->main_name, main_char)) //如果主键不匹配,寻找下一个主键
{
continue;
}
//主键匹配,寻找子键名称匹配
user_index = 0;
for(j=0;j<main_key->lenth;j++)
{
sub_key = (script_sub_key_t *)(script_mod_buf + (main_key->offset<<2) + (j * sizeof(script_sub_key_t)));
pattern = (sub_key->pattern>>16) & 0xffff; //获取数据的类型
//取出数据
if(DATA_TYPE_GPIO_WORD == pattern)
{
strcpy( user_gpio_cfg[user_index].gpio_name, sub_key->sub_name);
memcpy(&user_gpio_cfg[user_index].port, script_mod_buf + (sub_key->offset<<2), sizeof(script_gpio_set_t) - 32);
user_index++;
if(user_index >= gpio_count)
{
break;
}
}
}
return SCRIPT_PARSER_OK;
}
return SCRIPT_PARSER_KEY_NOT_FIND;
}

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* eGon
* the Embedded System
* script parser sub-system
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2010, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File : script.c
*
* By : Jerry
*
* Version : V2.00
*
* Date :
*
* Descript:
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _SCRIPT_H_
#define _SCRIPT_H_
#define DATA_TYPE_SINGLE_WORD (1)
#define DATA_TYPE_STRING (2)
#define DATA_TYPE_MULTI_WORD (3)
#define DATA_TYPE_GPIO_WORD (4)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_OK (0)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_EMPTY_BUFFER (-1)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_KEYNAME_NULL (-2)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_DATA_VALUE_NULL (-3)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_KEY_NOT_FIND (-4)
#define SCRIPT_PARSER_BUFFER_NOT_ENOUGH (-5)
typedef struct
{
int main_key_count;
int version[3];
}
script_head_t;
typedef struct
{
char main_name[32];
int lenth;
int offset;
}
script_main_key_t;
typedef struct
{
char sub_name[32];
int offset;
int pattern;
}
script_sub_key_t;
typedef struct
{
char gpio_name[32];
int port;
int port_num;
int mul_sel;
int pull;
int drv_level;
int data;
}
script_gpio_set_t;
extern int script_parser_init(char *script_buf);
extern int script_parser_exit(void);
extern int script_parser_fetch(char *main_name, char *sub_name, int value[]);
extern int script_parser_subkey_count(char *main_name);
extern int script_parser_mainkey_count(void);
extern int script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_count(char *main_name);
extern int script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg(char *main_name, void *gpio_cfg, int gpio_count);
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
* (C) Copyright 2012
* wangflord@allwinnertech.com
*
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
* the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program;
*
*/
#ifndef __spare_head_h__
#define __spare_head_h__
/* work mode */
#define WORK_MODE_PRODUCT (1<<4)
#define WORK_MODE_UPDATE (1<<5)
#define WORK_MODE_BOOT 0x00 //正常启动
#define WORK_MODE_USB_PRODUCT 0x10 //用于USB量产
#define WORK_MODE_CARD_PRODUCT 0x11 //用于卡量产
#define WORK_MODE_USB_UPDATE 0x20 //用于USB升级
#define WORK_MODE_OUTER_UPDATE 0x21 //用于外部盘升级
#define UBOOT_MAGIC "uboot"
#define STAMP_VALUE 0x5F0A6C39
#define ALIGN_SIZE 8 * 1024
typedef struct _normal_gpio_cfg
{
char port; //端口号
char port_num; //端口内编号
char mul_sel; //功能编号
char pull; //电阻状态
char drv_level; //驱动驱动能力
char data; //输出电平
char reserved[2]; //保留位,保证对齐
}
normal_gpio_cfg;
//SD卡相关数据结构
typedef struct sdcard_spare_info_t
{
int card_no[4]; //当前启动的卡控制器编号
int speed_mode[4]; //卡的速度模式0低速其它高速
int line_sel[4]; //卡的线制0: 1线其它4线
int line_count[4]; //卡使用线的个数
}
sdcard_spare_info;
/******************************************************************************/
/* the control information stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head
{
unsigned int jump_instruction; // one intruction jumping to real code
unsigned char magic[8]; // ="u-boot"
unsigned int check_sum; // generated by PC
unsigned int align_size; // align size in byte
unsigned int length; // the size of all file
unsigned int uboot_length; // the size of uboot
unsigned char version[8]; // uboot version
unsigned char platform[8]; // platform information
int reserved[1]; //stamp space, 16bytes align
};
/******************************************************************************/
/* the data stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_data_head
{
unsigned int dram_para[32];
int run_clock; // Mhz
int run_core_vol; // mV
int uart_port; // UART控制器编号
normal_gpio_cfg uart_gpio[2]; // UART控制器(调试打印口)GPIO信息
int twi_port; // TWI控制器编号
normal_gpio_cfg twi_gpio[2]; // TWI控制器GPIO信息用于控制TWI
int work_mode; // 工作模式
int storage_type; // 存储介质类型 0nand 1sdcard 2: spinor
normal_gpio_cfg nand_gpio[32]; // nand GPIO信息
char nand_spare_data[256]; // nand 额外信息
normal_gpio_cfg sdcard_gpio[32]; // sdcard GPIO信息
char sdcard_spare_data[256]; // sdcard 额外信息
int reserved[6]; // 保留数据位, 16bytes align
};
struct spare_boot_head_t
{
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head boot_head;
struct spare_boot_data_head boot_data;
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* eGon
* the Embedded GO-ON Bootloader System
* eGON arm boot sub-system
*
* Copyright(C), 2006-2010, SoftWinners Microelectronic Co., Ltd.
* All Rights Reserved
*
* File : types.h
*
* By : Jerry
*
* Version : V2.00
*
* Date :
*
* Descript:
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __TYPES_H_
#define __TYPES_H_ 1
//#define NULL 0 /* Ö¸Õë¿Õ */
/*
**********************************************************************************************************************
* DATA TYPES
**********************************************************************************************************************
*/
//**************************************************
//normal typedef
/*
typedef unsigned __int64 __u64;
typedef unsigned __int64 u64;
typedef signed __int64 __s64;
typedef signed __int64 s64;
*/
typedef unsigned int __u32;
typedef unsigned int u32;
typedef signed int __s32;
typedef signed int s32;
typedef unsigned short __u16;
typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef signed short __s16;
typedef signed short s16;
typedef unsigned char __u8;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef signed char __s8;
typedef signed char s8;
typedef signed char __bool;
typedef signed char __Bool;
typedef unsigned int __stk; /* Each stack entry is 32-bit wide */
typedef unsigned int __cpu_sr; /* Define size of CPU status register (PSR = 32 bits) */
typedef float __fp32; /* Single precision floating point */
typedef double __fp64; /* Double precision floating point */
typedef unsigned int __hdle;
//typedef unsigned int __size;
//typedef unsigned int __size_t;
typedef unsigned int __sector_t;
typedef unsigned char u_char;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned long u_long;
/* sysv */
typedef unsigned char unchar;
typedef unsigned short ushort;
typedef unsigned int uint;
typedef unsigned long ulong;
typedef __u8 uint8_t;
typedef __u16 uint16_t;
typedef __u32 uint32_t;
#define eGON2_OK (0)
#define eGON2_FAIL (-1)
#undef _set_bit
#define _set_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) |= ( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef set_bit
#define set_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) |= ( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef _clear_bit
#define _clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) &= ~( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef clear_bit
#define clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (x) &= ~( 1U << (y) ) )
#undef _set_bit
#define _set_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) |= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef set_bit
#define set_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) |= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _clear_bit
#define _clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) &= ~( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef clear_bit
#define clear_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) &= ~( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _reverse_bit
#define _reverse_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) ^= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef reverse_bit
#define reverse_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) ^= ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _test_bit
#define _test_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) & ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef test_bit
#define test_bit( value, bit ) ( (value) & ( 1U << (bit) ) )
#undef _min
#define _min( x, y ) ( (x) < (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef min
#define min( x, y ) ( (x) < (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef _max
#define _max( x, y ) ( (x) > (y) ? (x) : (y) )
#undef max
#define max( x, y ) ( (x) > (y) ? (x) : (y) )
/* È¡¾ø¶ÔÖµ */
#undef _absolute
#define _absolute(p) ((p) > 0 ? (p) : -(p))
#undef absolute
#define absolute(p) ((p) > 0 ? (p) : -(p))
#ifndef SZ_1K
#define SZ_512 0x00000200U
#define SZ_1K 0x00000400U
#define SZ_2K 0x00000800U
#define SZ_4K 0x00001000U
#define SZ_8K 0x00002000U
#define SZ_16K 0x00004000U
#define SZ_32K 0x00008000U
#define SZ_64K 0x00010000U
#define SZ_128K 0x00020000U
#define SZ_256K 0x00040000U
#define SZ_512K 0x00080000U
#define SZ_1M 0x00100000U
#define SZ_2M 0x00200000U
#define SZ_4M 0x00400000U
#define SZ_8M 0x00800000U
#define SZ_16M 0x01000000U
#define SZ_32M 0x02000000U
#define SZ_64M 0x04000000U
#define SZ_128M 0x08000000U
#define SZ_256M 0x10000000U
#define SZ_512M 0x20000000U
#define SZ_1G 0x40000000U
#define SZ_2G 0x80000000U
#define SZ_4G 0x0100000000ULL
#define SZ_8G 0x0200000000ULL
#define SZ_16G 0x0400000000ULL
#define SZ_32G 0x0800000000ULL
#define SZ_64G 0x1000000000ULL
#endif
#endif /*#ifndef __TYPES_H_*/

@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
// update_uboot.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application.
//
#include <malloc.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "types.h"
#include "spare_head.h"
#include "check.h"
#include "script.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#define MAX_PATH (260)
int script_length;
int align_size;
void *script_file_decode(char *script_name);
int merge_uboot(char *source_uboot_name, char *script_name);
int update_for_uboot(char *uboot_name);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int IsFullName(const char *FilePath)
{
if (isalpha(FilePath[0]) && ':' == FilePath[1])
{
return 1;
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void GetFullPath(char *dName, const char *sName)
{
char Buffer[MAX_PATH];
if(IsFullName(sName))
{
strcpy(dName, sName);
return ;
}
/* Get the current working directory: */
if(getcwd(Buffer, MAX_PATH ) == NULL)
{
perror( "getcwd error" );
return ;
}
sprintf(dName, "%s/%s", Buffer, sName);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// 函数说明
//
//
// 参数说明
//
//
// 返回值
//
//
// 其他
// 无
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Usage(void)
{
printf("\n");
printf("Usage:\n");
printf("update.exe script file path para file path\n\n");
}
int main(int argc, char* argv[])
{
char str1[] = "D:\\winners\\eBase\\eGON\\EGON2_TRUNK\\boot_23\\workspace\\eGon\\boot1.bin";
char str2[] = "D:\\winners\\eBase\\eGON\\EGON2_TRUNK\\boot_23\\workspace\\wboot\\bootfs\\script.bin";
char source_uboot_name[MAX_PATH];
char script_file_name[MAX_PATH];
FILE *src_file = NULL;
// FILE *script_file;
// int source_length;
// int script_length;
// int total_length;
// char *pbuf_source, *pbuf_script;
char *script_buf = NULL;
#if 1
if(argc == 3)
{
if((argv[1] == NULL) || (argv[2] == NULL))
{
printf("update error: one of the input file names is empty\n");
return __LINE__;
}
}
else
{
Usage();
return __LINE__;
}
GetFullPath(source_uboot_name, argv[1]);
GetFullPath(script_file_name, argv[2]);
#else
strcpy(source_boot1_name, str1);
strcpy(script_file_name, str2);
#endif
printf("\n");
printf("uboot file Path=%s\n", source_uboot_name);
printf("script file Path=%s\n", script_file_name);
printf("\n");
//初始化配置脚本
script_buf = (char *)script_file_decode(script_file_name);
if(!script_buf)
{
printf("update uboot error: unable to get script data\n");
goto _err_out;
}
script_parser_init(script_buf);
//读取原始uboot
if(update_for_uboot(source_uboot_name))
{
printf("update uboot error: update error\n");
goto _err_out;
}
if(align_uboot(source_uboot_name))
{
printf("update uboot error: align error\n");
}
if(merge_uboot(source_uboot_name, script_file_name))
{
printf("update uboot error: merge error\n");
goto _err_out;
}
_err_out:
if(script_buf)
{
free(script_buf);
}
return 0;
}
int update_sdcard_info(void *gpio_info, void *card_info_buf)
{
int i, value[8];
int card_no;
script_gpio_set_t gpio_set;
normal_gpio_cfg *storage_gpio;
sdcard_spare_info *card_info;
card_info = (sdcard_spare_info *)card_info_buf;
card_info->card_no[0] = -1;
card_info->card_no[1] = -1;
//填写SDCARD参数
for(i=0;i<2;i++)
{
char card_str[32];
card_no = i * 2;
memset(card_str, 0, 32);
strcpy(card_str, "card_boot0_para");
card_str[9] = '0' + card_no;
storage_gpio = (normal_gpio_cfg *)gpio_info + i * 8;
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "card_ctrl", value))
{
card_info->card_no[i] = value[0];
}
else
{
card_info->card_no[i] = -1;
continue;
}
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "card_high_speed", value))
{
card_info->speed_mode[i] = value[0];
}
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "card_line", value))
{
card_info->line_sel[i] = value[0];
}
//获取CLK
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_CLK", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[0].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[0].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[0].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[0].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[0].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[0].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_clk", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[0].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[0].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[0].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[0].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[0].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[0].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK PIN\n", i);
return -1;
}
//获取CMD
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_CMD", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[1].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[1].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[1].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[1].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[1].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[1].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_cmd", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[1].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[1].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[1].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[1].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[1].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[1].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK CMD\n", i);
return -1;
}
//获取DATA0
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_D0", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[2].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[2].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[2].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[2].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[2].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[2].data = gpio_set.data;
}
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_d0", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[2].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[2].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[2].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[2].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[2].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[2].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK DATA0\n", i);
return -1;
}
card_info->line_count[i] = 3;
if(1 != card_info->line_sel[i])
{
card_info->line_count[i] = 6;
//获取DATA1
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_D1", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[3].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[3].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[3].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[3].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[3].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[3].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_d1", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[3].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[3].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[3].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[3].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[3].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[3].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK DATA1\n", i);
return -1;
}
//获取DATA2
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_D2", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[4].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[4].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[4].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[4].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[4].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[4].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_d2", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[4].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[4].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[4].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[4].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[4].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[4].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK DATA2\n", i);
return -1;
}
//获取DATA3
memset(&gpio_set, 0, sizeof(script_gpio_set_t));
if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "SDC_D3", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[5].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[5].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[5].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[5].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[5].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[5].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else if(!script_parser_fetch(card_str, "sdc_d3", (int *)&gpio_set))
{
storage_gpio[5].port = gpio_set.port;
storage_gpio[5].port_num = gpio_set.port_num;
storage_gpio[5].mul_sel = gpio_set.mul_sel;
storage_gpio[5].pull = gpio_set.pull;
storage_gpio[5].drv_level = gpio_set.drv_level;
storage_gpio[5].data = gpio_set.data;
}
else
{
printf("update error: unable to find SDC%d CLOCK DATA3\n", i);
return -1;
}
}
card_info ++;
}
return 0;
}
int update_nand_info(void *gpio_info)
{
script_gpio_set_t gpio_set[32];
normal_gpio_cfg *gpio;
int i;
gpio = (normal_gpio_cfg *)gpio_info;
if(!script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg("nand_para", gpio_set, 32))
{
for(i=0;i<32;i++)
{
if(!gpio_set[i].port)
{
break;
}
gpio[i].port = gpio_set[i].port;
gpio[i].port_num = gpio_set[i].port_num;
gpio[i].mul_sel = gpio_set[i].mul_sel;
gpio[i].pull = gpio_set[i].pull;
gpio[i].drv_level = gpio_set[i].drv_level;
}
}
return 0;
}
int update_for_uboot(char *uboot_name)
{
FILE *uboot_file = NULL;
struct spare_boot_head_t *uboot_head;
char *uboot_buf = NULL;
int length = 0;
int i;
int ret = -1;
int value[8];
script_gpio_set_t gpio_set[32];
uboot_file = fopen(uboot_name, "rb+");
if(uboot_file == NULL)
{
printf("update uboot error : unable to open uboot file\n");
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
fseek(uboot_file, 0, SEEK_END);
length = ftell(uboot_file);
fseek(uboot_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
if(!length)
{
printf("update uboot error : uboot length is zero\n");
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
uboot_buf = (char *)malloc(length);
if(!uboot_buf)
{
printf("update uboot error : fail to malloc memory for uboot\n");
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
fread(uboot_buf, length, 1, uboot_file);
rewind(uboot_file);
uboot_head = (struct spare_boot_head_t *)uboot_buf;
//检查uboot的数据结构是否完整
align_size = uboot_head->boot_head.align_size;
//增加判断:是否是原始uboot
if((uboot_head->boot_head.length == uboot_head->boot_head.uboot_length))
{
//uboot长度和原始整体长度一致表示是原始uboot
uboot_head->boot_head.length = length;
uboot_head->boot_head.uboot_length = length;
}
//否则,不需要修改文件长度
//printf("size=%d, magic=%s\n", uboot_head->boot_head.length, UBOOT_MAGIC);
//ret = check_file( (unsigned int *)uboot_buf, uboot_head->boot_head.length, UBOOT_MAGIC );
ret = check_magic( (unsigned int *)uboot_buf, UBOOT_MAGIC );
if( ret != CHECK_IS_CORRECT )
{
printf("update uboot error : uboot pre checksum error\n");
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
//取出数据进行修正,UART参数
if(!script_parser_fetch("uart_para", "uart_debug_port", value))
{
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_port = value[0];
}
if(!script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg("uart_para", gpio_set, 32))
{
for(i=0;i<2;i++)
{
if(!gpio_set[i].port)
{
break;
}
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].port = gpio_set[i].port;
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].port_num = gpio_set[i].port_num;
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].mul_sel = gpio_set[i].mul_sel;
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].pull = gpio_set[i].pull;
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].drv_level = gpio_set[i].drv_level;
uboot_head->boot_data.uart_gpio[i].data = gpio_set[i].data;
}
}
//取出数据进行修正,TWI参数
if(!script_parser_fetch("twi_para", "twi_port", value))
{
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_port = value[0];
}
if(!script_parser_mainkey_get_gpio_cfg("twi_para", gpio_set, 32))
{
for(i=0;i<2;i++)
{
if(!gpio_set[i].port)
{
break;
}
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].port = gpio_set[i].port;
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].port_num = gpio_set[i].port_num;
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].mul_sel = gpio_set[i].mul_sel;
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].pull = gpio_set[i].pull;
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].drv_level = gpio_set[i].drv_level;
uboot_head->boot_data.twi_gpio[i].data = gpio_set[i].data;
}
}
//根据数据进行修正修正target参数
if(!script_parser_fetch("target", "boot_clock", value))
{
uboot_head->boot_data.run_clock = value[0];
}
if(!script_parser_fetch("target", "dcdc3_vol", value))
{
uboot_head->boot_data.run_core_vol = value[0];
}
//修正存储设备信息
if(update_sdcard_info((void *)uboot_head->boot_data.sdcard_gpio, (void *)uboot_head->boot_data.sdcard_spare_data))
{
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
update_nand_info((void *)uboot_head->boot_data.nand_gpio);
//数据修正完毕
//重新计算校验和
gen_check_sum( (void *)uboot_buf );
//再检查一次
//printf("size=%d, magic=%s\n", uboot_head->boot_head.length, UBOOT_MAGIC);
ret = check_file( (unsigned int *)uboot_buf, uboot_head->boot_head.length, UBOOT_MAGIC );
if( ret != CHECK_IS_CORRECT )
{
printf("update uboot error : uboot after checksum error\n");
goto _err_uboot_out;
}
fwrite(uboot_buf, length, 1, uboot_file);
_err_uboot_out:
if(uboot_buf)
{
free(uboot_buf);
}
if(uboot_file)
{
fclose(uboot_file);
}
return ret;
}
void *script_file_decode(char *script_file_name)
{
FILE *script_file;
void *script_buf = NULL;
//读取原始脚本
script_file = fopen(script_file_name, "rb");
if(!script_file)
{
printf("update error:unable to open script file\n");
return NULL;
}
//获取原始脚本长度
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_END);
script_length = ftell(script_file);
if(!script_length)
{
fclose(script_file);
printf("the length of script is zero\n");
return NULL;
}
//读取原始脚本
script_buf = (char *)malloc(script_length);
if(!script_buf)
{
fclose(script_file);
printf("unable malloc memory for script\n");
return NULL;;
}
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
fread(script_buf, script_length, 1, script_file);
fclose(script_file);
return script_buf;
}
int reconstruct_uboot(char *buf, int length, char *script_buf, int script_length)
{
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *head;
int total_length;
int script_align;
char *tmp_start;
head = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)buf;
script_align = script_length;
if(script_length & (align_size - 1))
{
script_align = (script_length + align_size) & (~(align_size - 1));
}
total_length = script_align + length;
head->uboot_length = length;
head->length = total_length;
tmp_start = buf + length;
memset(tmp_start, 0xff, script_align);
memcpy(tmp_start, script_buf, script_length);
if(gen_check_sum(buf))
{
return -1;
}
//printf("checksum=%x\n", head->check_sum);
return 0;
}
int merge_uboot(char *source_uboot_name, char *script_file_name)
{
FILE *src_file = NULL;
FILE *script_file;
int source_length, script_length;
int total_length;
char *pbuf_source, *pbuf_script;
char buffer[512];
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *head;
int ret = -1;
//读取原始boot1
src_file = fopen(source_uboot_name, "rb+");
if(src_file == NULL)
{
printf("update uboot error:unable to open uboot file\n");
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
//获取原始uboot长度
fseek(src_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
fread(buffer, 512, 1, src_file);
head = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)buffer;
source_length = head->uboot_length;
align_size = head->align_size;
//printf("source_length = %d\n", source_length);
//printf("align length = %d\n", align_size);
fseek(src_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
if(!source_length)
{
printf("update error:the length of boot1 is zero\n");
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
//读取原始脚本
script_file = fopen(script_file_name, "rb");
if(!script_file)
{
printf("update uboot error:unable to open script file\n");
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
//获取原始脚本长度
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_END);
script_length = ftell(script_file);
if(!script_length)
{
printf("the length of script is zero\n");
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
//读取原始脚本
pbuf_script = (char *)malloc(script_length);
if(!pbuf_script)
{
printf("unable malloc memory for script\n");
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
fseek(script_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
fread(pbuf_script, script_length, 1, script_file);
fclose(script_file);
script_file = NULL;
//获取原始uboot内存
total_length = source_length + script_length;
if(total_length & (align_size - 1))
{
total_length = (total_length + align_size) & (~(align_size - 1));
}
pbuf_source = (char *)malloc(total_length);
if(!pbuf_source)
{
goto _err_merge_uboot_out;
}
//读取boot1数据
fread(pbuf_source, source_length, 1, src_file);
fseek(src_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
//处理数据
reconstruct_uboot(pbuf_source, source_length, pbuf_script, script_length);
//回写文件
fwrite(pbuf_source, total_length, 1, src_file);
//关闭文件
fclose(src_file);
src_file = NULL;
ret = 0;
_err_merge_uboot_out:
if(src_file)
{
fclose(src_file);
src_file = NULL;
}
if(script_file)
{
fclose(script_file);
script_file = NULL;
}
if(pbuf_source)
{
free(pbuf_source);
pbuf_source = NULL;
}
if(pbuf_script)
{
free(pbuf_script);
pbuf_script = NULL;
}
return ret;
}
int align_uboot(char *source_uboot_name)
{
FILE *uboot_file = NULL;
int source_length;
int total_length;
int align_size;
char *uboot_buf;
char buffer[512];
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *head;
int ret = -1;
//读取原始uboot
uboot_file = fopen(source_uboot_name, "rb+");
if(uboot_file == NULL)
{
printf("update uboot error : unable to open uboot file\n");
goto _err_align_uboot_out;
}
fread(buffer, 512, 1, uboot_file);
rewind(uboot_file);
head = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)buffer;
source_length = head->uboot_length;
align_size = head->align_size;
if(source_length & (align_size - 1))
{
total_length = (source_length + align_size) & (~(align_size - 1));
}
//printf("source length = %d\n", source_length);
//printf("total length = %d\n", total_length);
uboot_buf = (char *)malloc(total_length);
if(!uboot_buf)
{
printf("update uboot error : fail to malloc memory for uboot\n");
goto _err_align_uboot_out;
}
memset(uboot_buf, 0xff, total_length);
fread(uboot_buf, source_length, 1, uboot_file);
rewind(uboot_file);
head = (struct spare_boot_ctrl_head *)uboot_buf;
head->uboot_length = total_length;
head->length = total_length;
gen_check_sum( (void *)uboot_buf );
fwrite(uboot_buf, total_length, 1, uboot_file);
ret = 0;
_err_align_uboot_out:
if(uboot_buf)
{
free(uboot_buf);
}
if(uboot_file)
{
fclose(uboot_file);
}
return ret;
}

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
objects = update_fdt.o
edit:$(objects)
gcc -o update_uboot_fdt $(objects) -static
rm -rf $(objects)
clean:
rm -rf update_fdt $(objects)

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
#ifndef __spare_head_h__
#define __spare_head_h__
#define UBOOT_MAGIC "uboot"
#define MAGIC_SIZE 8
typedef struct _normal_gpio_cfg
{
char port; //<2F>˿ں<CBBF>
char port_num; //<2F>˿<EFBFBD><CBBF>ڱ<EFBFBD><DAB1>
char mul_sel; //<2F><><EFBFBD>ܱ<EFBFBD><DCB1>
char pull; //<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>״̬
char drv_level; //<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
char data; //<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ƽ
char reserved[2]; //<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>λ<EFBFBD><CEBB><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>֤<EFBFBD><D6A4><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
}
normal_gpio_cfg;
/******************************************************************************/
/* the control information stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head
{
unsigned int jump_instruction; // one intruction jumping to real code
unsigned char magic[MAGIC_SIZE]; // ="u-boot"
unsigned int check_sum; // generated by PC
unsigned int align_size; // align size in byte
unsigned int length; // the size of all file
unsigned int uboot_length; // the size of uboot
unsigned char version[8]; // uboot version
unsigned char platform[8]; // platform information
int reserved[1]; //stamp space, 16bytes align
};
/******************************************************************************/
/* the data stored in file head */
/******************************************************************************/
struct spare_boot_data_head
{
unsigned int dram_para[32];
int run_clock; // Mhz
int run_core_vol; // mV
int uart_port; // UART<52><54><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
normal_gpio_cfg uart_gpio[2]; // UART<52><54><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(<28><><EFBFBD>Դ<EFBFBD>ӡ<EFBFBD><D3A1>)GPIO<49><4F>Ϣ
int twi_port; // TWI<57><49><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
normal_gpio_cfg twi_gpio[2]; // TWI<57><49><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>GPIO<49><4F>Ϣ<EFBFBD><CFA2><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ڿ<EFBFBD><DABF><EFBFBD>TWI
int work_mode; // <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ģʽ
int storage_type; // <20><EFBFBD><E6B4A2><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> 0<><30>nand 1<><31>sdcard 2: spinor
normal_gpio_cfg nand_gpio[32]; // nand GPIO<49><4F>Ϣ
char nand_spare_data[256]; // nand <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ϣ
normal_gpio_cfg sdcard_gpio[32]; // sdcard GPIO<49><4F>Ϣ
char sdcard_spare_data[256]; // sdcard <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ϣ
int secureos_exist;
int dtb_offset;
int reserved[4]; // <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>λ, 256bytes align
};
struct spare_boot_head_t
{
struct spare_boot_ctrl_head boot_head;
struct spare_boot_data_head boot_data;
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "uboot_head.h"
typedef unsigned int u32;
void Usage(void)
{
printf("\n");
printf("Usage:\n");
printf("update_fdt.exe u-boot.bin xxx.dtb output_file.bin\n\n");
}
u32 randto1k(u32 num)
{
if(num % 1024)
{
printf("update_fdt: num %d randto1k\n", num);
return ((num+1023)/1024 * 1024);
}
else
{
return num;
}
}
int IsFullName(const char *FilePath)
{
if (isalpha(FilePath[0]) && ':' == FilePath[1])
{
return 1;
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
void GetFullPath(char *dName, const char *sName)
{
char Buffer[256];
if(IsFullName(sName))
{
strcpy(dName, sName);
return ;
}
/* Get the current working directory: */
if(getcwd(Buffer, 256 ) == NULL)
{
perror( "getcwd error" );
return ;
}
sprintf(dName, "%s/%s", Buffer, sName);
}
int main(int argc, char* argv[])
{
char file_name1[256];
char file_name2[256];
char file_name3[256];
FILE *file1 = NULL;
FILE *file2 = NULL;
FILE *file3 = NULL;
unsigned int file1_len, file2_len,file1_len_align,file2_len_align;
unsigned char *file1_buffer = NULL;
unsigned char *file2_buffer = NULL;
unsigned char *file_dst_buffer = NULL;
//struct andr_img_hdr * img_hdr = NULL;
struct spare_boot_head_t * img_hdr = NULL;
if(argc != 4 )
{
Usage();
return -1;
}
printf("update_fdt: %s will merage %s, generate %s\n", argv[1], argv[2], argv[3]);
memset(file_name1, 0, sizeof(file_name1));
memset(file_name2, 0, sizeof(file_name2));
memset(file_name3, 0, sizeof(file_name3));
/*strcpy(file_name1, "boot.img");
strcpy(file_name2, "sun50iw1p1.dtb");
strcpy(file_name3, "test.img");*/
GetFullPath(file_name1, argv[1]);
GetFullPath(file_name2, argv[2]);
GetFullPath(file_name3, argv[3]);
//printf("%s will concatenate %s, generate %s", file_name1, file_name2, file_name3);
//<2F><><EFBFBD>ļ<EFBFBD><C4BC><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>򲻿<EFBFBD><F2B2BBBF><EFBFBD>ʧ<EFBFBD><CAA7>
file1 = fopen(file_name1, "rb");
if(!file1)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name1);
goto _err_out;
}
//<2F><><EFBFBD>ļ<EFBFBD><C4BC><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>򲻿<EFBFBD><F2B2BBBF><EFBFBD>ʧ<EFBFBD><CAA7>
file2 = fopen(file_name2, "rb");
if(!file2)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name2);
goto _err_out;
}
//file1
fseek(file1, 0, SEEK_END);
file1_len = ftell(file1);
fseek(file1, 0, SEEK_SET);
//<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>е<EFBFBD><D0B5><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
file1_buffer = (char *)malloc(file1_len+1);
if(file1_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file1_buffer,0,file1_len+1);
fread(file1_buffer, 1, file1_len, file1);
fclose(file1); file1 = NULL;
//img_hdr = (struct andr_img_hdr *)file1_buffer;
img_hdr = (struct spare_boot_head_t *)file1_buffer;
if (memcmp(img_hdr->boot_head.magic, UBOOT_MAGIC, 5)) {
puts("update_fdt: bad boot image magic, maybe not a uboot?\n");
goto _err_out;
}
//file2
fseek(file2, 0, SEEK_END);
file2_len = ftell(file2);
fseek(file2, 0, SEEK_SET);
//<2F><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>е<EFBFBD><D0B5><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
file2_buffer = (char *)malloc(file2_len+1);
if(file2_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file2_buffer,0,file2_len+1);
fread(file2_buffer, 1, file2_len, file2);
fclose(file2); file2=NULL;
printf("---0x%x, 0x%x\n",file2_buffer[0],file2_buffer[1]);
if(!(file2_buffer[0] == 0xD0 && file2_buffer[1] == 0x0D))
{
puts("update_fdt: bad dtb magic, maybe not a dtb file?\n");
goto _err_out;
}
file1_len_align = randto1k(file1_len);
file2_len_align = randto1k(file2_len);
printf("file1_len = %x, file2_len = %x\n", file1_len_align, file2_len_align);
//update head
if(img_hdr->boot_data.dtb_offset != 0)
{
//update_uboot will check ,so clear it
img_hdr->boot_head.length = 0;
img_hdr->boot_head.uboot_length = 0;
//update uboot len
file1_len = file1_len_align = img_hdr->boot_data.dtb_offset;
}
else
{
img_hdr->boot_data.dtb_offset = file1_len_align;
}
//img_hdr->boot_data.dtb_size = file2_len_align;
printf("dtb offset %x,size %x \n", img_hdr->boot_data.dtb_offset,file2_len_align);
file_dst_buffer = (char *)malloc(file1_len_align+file2_len_align);
if(file_dst_buffer == NULL)
{
printf("unable to malloc memory for udpate_fdt \n");
goto _err_out;
}
memset(file_dst_buffer,0, file1_len_align+file2_len_align);
memcpy(file_dst_buffer, file1_buffer, file1_len);
memcpy(file_dst_buffer+file1_len_align, file2_buffer, file2_len);
//<2F><><EFBFBD>ļ<EFBFBD><C4BC><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>򲻿<EFBFBD><F2B2BBBF><EFBFBD>ʧ<EFBFBD><CAA7>
file3 = fopen(file_name3, "wb");
if(!file3)
{
printf("unable to open file %s\n", file_name3);
goto _err_out;
}
fwrite(file_dst_buffer, file1_len_align+file2_len_align, 1, file3);
fclose(file3); file3 = NULL;
printf("update_fdt:genrate %s ok\n",file_name3);
free(file_dst_buffer);
free(file1_buffer);
free(file2_buffer);
return 0;
_err_out:
if(file_dst_buffer != NULL) free(file_dst_buffer);
if(file1_buffer != NULL) free(file1_buffer);
if(file2_buffer != NULL) free(file2_buffer);
return -1;
}

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
all:
$(CC) teres1-ledctrl.c -o teres1-ledctrl
clean:
$(RM) teres1-ledctrl
install: all
if ( test ! -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin ) ; then mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin ; fi
install -m0755 teres1-ledctrl $(DESTDIR)/usr/bin

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
teres1-ledctrl (0.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium
* Initial release
-- Stefan Saraev <stefan@saraev.ca> Sat, 06 May 2017 17:07:38 +0300

@ -0,0 +1 @@
9

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
Source: teres1-ledctrl
Section: unknown
Priority: optional
Maintainer: Stefan Saraev <stefan@saraev.ca>
Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 8), dh-systemd
Standards-Version: 3.9.8
Package: teres1-ledctrl
Architecture: any
Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}
Description: teres1-ledctrl
quick and dirty capsl/numl led trigger

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
#!/usr/bin/make -f
%:
dh $@ --with=systemd

@ -0,0 +1 @@
3.0 (git)

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
[Unit]
Description=teres1-ledctrl
After=basic.target
[Service]
ExecStart=/usr/bin/teres1-ledctrl /dev/input/by-path/platform-1c1b000.ehci1-controller-usb-0:1.4:1.0-event-kbd
TimeoutStopSec=1
Restart=always
RestartSec=5
StartLimitInterval=0
[Install]
WantedBy=basic.target

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/* teres1-ledctrl.c - quick and dirty capsl/numl led trigger
Copyright (C) 2017 OLIMEX LTD.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, version 2 of the License.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
*/
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <linux/input.h>
#define LED_CAPS 71
#define LED_NUM 68
void export_gpio(int gpio)
{
int fd;
char buf[255];
fd = open("/sys/class/gpio/export", O_WRONLY);
sprintf(buf, "%d", gpio);
write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
close(fd);
sprintf(buf, "/sys/class/gpio/gpio%d/direction", gpio);
fd = open(buf, O_WRONLY);
write(fd, "out", 3);
close(fd);
}
void set_gpio(int gpio, int value)
{
char buf[255];
sprintf(buf, "/sys/class/gpio/gpio%d/value", gpio);
int fd = open(buf, O_WRONLY);
sprintf(buf, "%d", value);
write(fd, buf, 1);
close(fd);
}
void usage(void)
{
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
printf("USAGE:\n");
printf(" %s /dev/input/eventX\n", program_invocation_short_name);
printf("\n");
}
int main (int argc, char **argv)
{
const char *device = NULL;
int fd;
struct input_event ie;
if (!argv[1])
{
usage();
exit(0);
}
device = argv[1];
if((fd = open(device, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
{
perror("Could not open input device");
exit(255);
}
export_gpio(LED_NUM);
export_gpio(LED_CAPS);
while(read(fd, &ie, sizeof(struct input_event)))
{
switch (ie.type)
{
case 17: // EV_LED
switch (ie.code) {
case 0: // LED_NUML
printf("type %d\tcode %d\tvalue %d\n", ie.type, ie.code, ie.value);
set_gpio(LED_NUM, ie.value);
break;
case 1: // LED_CAPSL
printf("type %d\tcode %d\tvalue %d\n", ie.type, ie.code, ie.value);
set_gpio(LED_CAPS, ie.value);
break;
}
break;
}
}
return 0;
}